| blob | 4ad6b5c4eb18f46a483f997ac02f9d87fef5ab24 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1106 Show buffer-local variables that match PATTERN.
1107 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1109 The output includes variables that are not yet set in BUFFER, but that
1110 will be buffer-local when set.
1117 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1124 noninteractive functions.
1126 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1127 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1129 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1130 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1135 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1140 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1141 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1142 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1144 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1145 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1146 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1147 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1152 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1158 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1159 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1160 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1165 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1166 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1167 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1168 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1169 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1172 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1173 names and values of properties.
1175 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1180 Show buffer-local variables whose values match PATTERN.
1181 This is like `apropos-value', but only for buffer-local variables.
1182 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1187 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1188 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1189 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1190 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1191 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1193 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1195 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1196 documentation strings.
1198 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1204 ;;;***
1205 \f
1206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1207 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1210 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1211 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1212 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1213 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1214 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1216 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1217 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1218 archive.
1224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1226 ;;;***
1227 \f
1228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1229 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1232 Major mode for editing arrays.
1234 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1235 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1236 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1238 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1240 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1241 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1242 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1244 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1245 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1246 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1247 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1248 The variables are:
1250 Variables you assign:
1251 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1252 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1253 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1254 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1255 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1256 row numbers in the buffer.
1258 Variables which are calculated:
1259 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1260 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1262 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1263 take a numeric prefix argument):
1281 between that of point and mark.
1289 newlines inside rows)
1293 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1297 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1299 ;;;***
1300 \f
1301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1306 Toggle Artist mode.
1307 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1308 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1309 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1311 How to quit Artist mode
1316 How to submit a bug report
1321 Drawing with the mouse:
1323 mouse-2
1324 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1325 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1326 below).
1328 mouse-1
1329 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1330 or pastes:
1332 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1333 --------------------------------------------------------------
1334 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1335 to new point
1336 --------------------------------------------------------------
1337 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1338 --------------------------------------------------------------
1339 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1340 --------------------------------------------------------------
1341 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1342 --------------------------------------------------------------
1343 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1344 --------------------------------------------------------------
1345 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1346 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1348 --------------------------------------------------------------
1349 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1350 --------------------------------------------------------------
1351 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1352 lines
1353 --------------------------------------------------------------
1354 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1355 --------------------------------------------------------------
1356 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1357 --------------------------------------------------------------
1358 Paste Paste Paste
1359 --------------------------------------------------------------
1360 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1361 --------------------------------------------------------------
1363 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1364 or diagonally.
1366 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1367 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1368 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1369 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1370 poly-lines.
1372 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1373 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1374 overwrite means the opposite.
1376 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1377 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1378 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1380 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1382 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1385 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1386 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1387 are currently drawing something.
1389 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1390 some time to fill.
1393 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1394 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1397 Settings
1399 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1401 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1403 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1405 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1407 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1408 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1410 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1413 Drawing with keys
1416 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1418 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1419 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1420 When pasting: Pastes
1424 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1434 Arrows
1437 of the line/poly-line
1440 of the line/poly-line
1443 Selecting operation
1445 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1469 Variables
1471 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1474 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1475 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1476 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1477 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1478 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1479 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1480 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1481 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1482 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1483 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1484 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1485 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1486 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1487 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1488 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1489 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1490 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1494 Hooks
1496 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1499 Keymap summary
1505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1507 ;;;***
1508 \f
1509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1513 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1514 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1521 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1524 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1525 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1527 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1529 Special commands:
1534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1536 ;;;***
1537 \f
1538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1539 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1542 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1543 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1558 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1567 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1570 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1571 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1577 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1579 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1580 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1583 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1584 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1585 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1587 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1589 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1591 For example:
1593 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1603 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1604 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1605 for a description of this minor mode.
1606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1613 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1615 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1616 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1619 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1620 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1628 ;;;***
1629 \f
1630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1634 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1640 ;;;***
1641 \f
1642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1646 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1647 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1659 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1660 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1661 for a description of this minor mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1675 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1681 ;;;***
1682 \f
1683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1684 ;;;;;; 0))
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1694 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1695 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1697 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1698 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1699 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1700 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1701 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1703 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1708 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1709 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1710 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1711 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1713 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1714 directory or directories specified.
1716 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1717 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1718 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1719 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1720 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1721 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1726 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1727 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1728 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1729 should be non-nil).
1733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1735 ;;;***
1736 \f
1737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1738 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1741 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1742 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1743 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1744 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1746 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1747 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1748 disk changes.
1750 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1751 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1753 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1754 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1755 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1760 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1762 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1768 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1770 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1771 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1773 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1774 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1775 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1776 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1777 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1779 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1780 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1781 writing before you save the file!
1783 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1784 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1786 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1791 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1793 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1799 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1800 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1801 for a description of this minor mode.
1802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1809 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1811 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1812 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1814 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1815 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1816 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1818 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1819 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1820 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1821 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1822 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1824 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1825 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1827 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1828 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1829 specifies in the mode line.
1833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1835 ;;;***
1836 \f
1837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1838 ;;;;;; 0))
1839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1843 ;;;***
1844 \f
1845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1849 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1850 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1857 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1858 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1859 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1861 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1862 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1863 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1865 Effects of the different modes:
1866 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1867 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1868 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1869 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1870 a random distance & direction.
1871 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1872 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1873 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1876 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1883 ;;;***
1884 \f
1885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1891 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1893 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1894 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1895 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1903 ;;;***
1904 \f
1905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1910 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1911 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1912 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1917 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1918 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1919 for a description of this minor mode.
1920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1927 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1932 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1933 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1934 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1935 seconds.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1948 Time execution of FORMS.
1949 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1950 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1951 FORMS once.
1952 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1953 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1954 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1961 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1962 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1963 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1964 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1971 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1972 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg, and
1973 the command prompts for the form to benchmark.
1974 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1975 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1981 ;;;***
1982 \f
1983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1984 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1988 ;;;***
1989 \f
1990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1994 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1995 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1996 of corresponding buffers.
1997 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1998 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1999 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
2000 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
2001 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
2003 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
2004 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
2005 does not use `bibtex-mode',
2010 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
2012 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
2014 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
2016 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2019 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2020 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2021 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2022 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2026 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2029 Special information:
2033 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2034 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2035 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2040 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2046 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2047 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2048 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2049 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2050 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2051 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2052 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2054 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2056 ----------------------------------------------------------
2057 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2058 if that value is non-nil.
2065 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2066 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2067 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2068 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2069 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2070 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2071 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2072 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2073 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2074 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2075 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2081 ;;;***
2082 \f
2083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2084 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2088 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2094 ;;;***
2095 \f
2096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2101 ;;;***
2102 \f
2103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2104 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2106 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2110 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2111 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2116 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2121 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2127 ;;;***
2128 \f
2129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2130 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2133 Play blackbox.
2134 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2136 What is blackbox?
2138 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2139 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2140 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2141 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2142 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2143 your score.
2145 Overview of play:
2148 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2149 four.
2151 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2152 movement keys.
2154 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2155 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2157 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2160 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2162 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2163 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2164 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2165 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2167 Details:
2169 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2171 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2172 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2173 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2174 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2176 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2177 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2178 denoted by the letter `R'.
2180 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2181 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2182 denoted by the letter `H'.
2184 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2185 example.
2187 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2188 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2189 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2190 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2192 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2193 ray.
2195 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2196 degree deflection it causes.
2198 1
2199 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2200 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2202 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2203 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2204 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2205 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2206 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2207 2 3
2209 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2210 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2213 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2214 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2215 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2216 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2217 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2218 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2219 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2220 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2222 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2223 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2224 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2225 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2226 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2227 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2228 emerging from the box.
2230 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2232 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2233 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2234 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2235 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2236 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2237 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2238 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2239 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2241 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2242 a reflection.
2246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2248 ;;;***
2249 \f
2250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2251 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2257 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2258 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2259 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2260 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2261 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2266 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2267 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2269 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2270 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2271 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2272 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2273 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2274 recent one.
2276 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2277 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2278 yank successive words.
2280 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2281 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2282 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2283 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2284 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2287 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2288 the list of bookmarks.)
2293 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2294 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2296 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2297 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2298 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2299 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2300 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2301 ever deletes the most recent one.
2303 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2304 is nil, raise an error.
2306 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2307 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2308 yank successive words.
2310 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2311 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2312 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2313 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2314 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2317 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2318 the list of bookmarks.)
2323 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2324 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2325 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2326 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2327 this.
2329 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2330 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2331 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2332 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2334 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2335 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2337 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2338 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2339 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2344 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2349 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2351 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2352 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2353 after a bookmark was set in it.
2358 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2360 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2361 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2368 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2369 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2370 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2372 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2373 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2374 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2376 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2377 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2378 name.
2383 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2384 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2386 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2387 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2388 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2389 this.
2394 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2396 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2397 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2399 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2400 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2401 probably because we were called from there.
2406 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2413 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2414 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2415 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2416 \(second argument).
2418 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2419 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2420 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2421 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2422 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2424 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2426 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2427 `bookmark-default-file'.
2432 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2433 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2434 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2435 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2436 while loading.
2438 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2439 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2440 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2441 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2442 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2443 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2445 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2446 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2452 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2453 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2454 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2455 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2464 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2468 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2470 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2474 ;;;***
2475 \f
2476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2477 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2479 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2480 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2481 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2482 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2484 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2485 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2486 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2487 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2490 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2494 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2495 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2496 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2497 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2499 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2503 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2504 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2505 narrowed.
2507 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2510 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2512 \(fn)" t nil)
2514 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2515 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2517 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2522 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2523 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2524 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2525 first, if that exists.
2527 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2528 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2529 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2530 ignore it).
2531 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2532 as ARGS.
2534 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2538 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2539 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2540 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2545 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2546 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2547 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2548 says which browser to use.
2550 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2552 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2554 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2555 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2557 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2562 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2564 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2565 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2566 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2567 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2570 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2571 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2573 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2574 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2578 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2581 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2582 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2583 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2585 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2586 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2587 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2588 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2590 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2591 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2592 new tab in an existing window instead.
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2601 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2602 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2604 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2605 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2606 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2609 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2610 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2612 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2613 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2615 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2618 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2619 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2620 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2621 Chromium.
2622 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2628 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2629 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2631 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2632 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2633 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2634 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2636 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2637 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2638 new tab in an existing window instead.
2640 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2641 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2650 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2652 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2653 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2654 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2655 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2659 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2660 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2672 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2673 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2674 program is invoked according to the variable
2675 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2677 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2678 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2679 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2680 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2682 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2683 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2693 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2694 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2695 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2697 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2698 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2699 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2700 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2702 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2703 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2705 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2707 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2709 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2710 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2711 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2712 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2714 When called interactively, if variable
2715 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2716 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2717 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2718 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2720 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2721 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2722 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2724 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2725 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2727 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2729 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2730 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2731 Default to the URL around or before point.
2733 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2734 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2735 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2737 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2738 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2740 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2742 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2743 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2744 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2745 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2747 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2749 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2751 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2752 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2753 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2754 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2755 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2756 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2757 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2759 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2762 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2763 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2764 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2765 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2767 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2768 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2769 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2770 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2772 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2773 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2775 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2778 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2779 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2780 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2781 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2782 current one.
2784 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2785 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2786 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2787 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2789 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2790 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2792 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2794 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2795 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2796 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2797 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2798 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2799 don't offer a form of remote control.
2801 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2803 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2804 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2805 Default to the URL around or before point.
2806 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2808 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2810 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2811 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2812 Default to the URL around the point.
2814 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2815 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2817 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2818 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2820 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2824 ;;;***
2825 \f
2826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2827 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2828 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2830 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2831 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2832 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2833 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2835 \(fn)" t nil)
2837 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2838 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2839 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2840 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2842 \(fn)" t nil)
2844 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2845 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2847 \(fn)" t nil)
2849 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2850 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2852 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2853 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2854 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2859 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2860 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2861 name of buffer configuration.
2863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2867 ;;;***
2868 \f
2869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2872 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2873 Play Bubbles game.
2875 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2877 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2878 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2879 columns on its right towards the left.
2886 \(fn)" t nil)
2888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2890 ;;;***
2891 \f
2892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2893 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2896 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2898 (put 'bug-reference-bug-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2900 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2901 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2903 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2904 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2909 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2915 ;;;***
2916 \f
2917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2918 ;;;;;; 0))
2919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2923 ;;;***
2924 \f
2925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2926 ;;;;;; 0))
2927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2928 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2929 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2930 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2931 (put 'byte-compile-error-on-warn 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2933 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2935 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2936 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2937 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2938 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2939 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2940 else the global value will be modified.
2942 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2944 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2945 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2946 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2947 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2948 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2949 else the global value will be modified.
2951 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2953 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2954 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2955 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2957 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2959 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2960 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2961 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2962 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2964 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2965 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2966 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2967 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2968 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2969 before scanning it.
2971 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2972 that already has a `.elc' file.
2974 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2975 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2977 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2978 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2979 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2980 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2981 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2982 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2984 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2986 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2987 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2988 Print the result in the echo area.
2989 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2994 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2995 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2997 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2999 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
3000 Display a call graph of a specified file.
3001 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
3002 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
3003 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
3004 all functions called by those functions.
3006 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
3007 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
3008 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
3010 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
3011 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
3012 invoked interactively.
3014 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
3016 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
3017 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
3018 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3019 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3021 \(fn)" nil nil)
3023 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3024 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3025 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3026 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3027 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3029 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3030 already up-to-date.
3032 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3034 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3035 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3036 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3037 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3039 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3040 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3041 and corresponding effects.
3043 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3047 ;;;***
3048 \f
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3050 ;;;;;; 0))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3055 ;;;***
3056 \f
3057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3058 ;;;;;; 0))
3059 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3061 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3065 ;;;***
3066 \f
3067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3068 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3076 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3078 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3080 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3082 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3086 ;;;***
3087 \f
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3094 ;;;***
3095 \f
3096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3097 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3098 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3100 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3101 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3102 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3103 from the cursor position.
3105 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3112 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3116 ;;;***
3117 \f
3118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3119 ;;;;;; 0))
3120 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3124 ;;;***
3125 \f
3126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3127 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3131 ;;;***
3132 \f
3133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3134 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3135 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3139 ;;;***
3140 \f
3141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3142 ;;;;;; 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3147 ;;;***
3148 \f
3149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3150 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3154 ;;;***
3155 \f
3156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3161 ;;;***
3162 \f
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3164 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3165 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3169 ;;;***
3170 \f
3171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3172 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3176 ;;;***
3177 \f
3178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3179 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3183 ;;;***
3184 \f
3185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3186 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3187 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3189 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3197 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3200 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3202 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3205 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3206 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3207 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3209 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3211 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3212 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3213 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3214 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3216 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3218 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3220 This is most useful in the X window system.
3222 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3224 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3226 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3228 See calc-keypad for details.
3230 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3232 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3233 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3235 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3237 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3238 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3240 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3242 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3243 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3245 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3247 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3248 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3251 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3253 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3254 Define Calc function.
3256 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3257 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3258 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3260 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3261 actual Lisp function name.
3263 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3265 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3267 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3317 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3322 ;;;***
3323 \f
3324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3325 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3329 ;;;***
3330 \f
3331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3332 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3336 ;;;***
3337 \f
3338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3339 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3343 ;;;***
3344 \f
3345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3350 ;;;***
3351 \f
3352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3353 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3357 ;;;***
3358 \f
3359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3360 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3364 ;;;***
3365 \f
3366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3371 ;;;***
3372 \f
3373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3374 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3378 ;;;***
3379 \f
3380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3423 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3424 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3428 ;;;***
3429 \f
3430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3431 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3435 ;;;***
3436 \f
3437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3438 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3442 ;;;***
3443 \f
3444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3445 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3449 ;;;***
3450 \f
3451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3456 ;;;***
3457 \f
3458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3463 ;;;***
3464 \f
3465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3466 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3470 ;;;***
3471 \f
3472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3473 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3477 ;;;***
3478 \f
3479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3484 ;;;***
3485 \f
3486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3487 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3491 ;;;***
3492 \f
3493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3494 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3498 ;;;***
3499 \f
3500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3501 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3505 ;;;***
3506 \f
3507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3512 ;;;***
3513 \f
3514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3517 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3520 \(fn N)" t nil)
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3538 ;;;***
3539 \f
3540 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3541 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3542 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3546 ;;;***
3547 \f
3548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3549 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3553 ;;;***
3554 \f
3555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3556 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3560 ;;;***
3561 \f
3562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3563 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3567 ;;;***
3568 \f
3569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3570 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3574 ;;;***
3575 \f
3576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3577 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3579 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3580 Run the Emacs calculator.
3581 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3583 \(fn)" t nil)
3585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3587 ;;;***
3588 \f
3589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3590 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3592 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3593 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3594 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3595 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3596 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3597 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3599 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3600 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3601 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3602 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3603 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3604 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3605 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3607 window.
3609 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3610 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3612 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3613 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3614 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3615 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3616 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3617 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3619 Runs the following hooks:
3621 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3622 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3623 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3625 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3631 ;;;***
3632 \f
3633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3636 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3637 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3639 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3641 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3642 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3643 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3644 it fails.
3646 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3650 ;;;***
3651 \f
3652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3667 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3679 ;;;***
3680 \f
3681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3686 ;;;***
3687 \f
3688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3689 ;;;;;; 0))
3690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3692 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3693 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3695 \(fn)" nil nil)
3697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3706 ;;;***
3707 \f
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3711 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3712 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3714 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3715 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3717 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3718 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3720 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3722 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3723 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3724 made from scratch.
3726 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3728 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3729 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3731 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3732 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3733 made from scratch.
3735 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3738 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3740 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3744 made from scratch.
3746 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3748 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3749 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3751 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3752 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3753 made from scratch.
3755 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3757 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3758 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3760 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3762 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3763 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3764 made from scratch.
3766 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3768 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3769 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3771 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3772 variables are guessed:
3774 * `c-basic-offset', and
3775 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3776 `c-offsets-alist'.
3778 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3779 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3781 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3782 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3784 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3785 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3786 guess is made from scratch.
3788 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3789 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3791 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3793 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3794 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3795 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3796 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3798 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3799 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3800 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3802 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3806 ;;;***
3807 \f
3808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3813 ;;;***
3814 \f
3815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3820 ;;;***
3821 \f
3822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3825 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3826 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3827 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3828 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3829 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3830 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3833 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3844 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3845 Major mode for editing C code.
3848 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3849 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3850 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3854 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3855 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3857 Key bindings:
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3863 Analyze buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3865 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3866 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3867 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3868 should be used.
3870 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3871 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3872 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3874 \(fn)" nil nil)
3876 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3877 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3879 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3880 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3881 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3882 message.
3886 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3887 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3889 Key bindings:
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3896 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3898 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3899 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3900 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3901 message.
3905 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3906 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3908 Key bindings:
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3914 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3915 Major mode for editing Java code.
3917 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3918 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3919 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3920 message.
3924 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3925 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3927 Key bindings:
3930 \(fn)" t nil)
3933 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3934 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3936 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3937 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3938 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3939 message.
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3946 Key bindings:
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3953 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3954 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3956 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3957 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3958 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3959 message.
3963 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3964 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3966 Key bindings:
3969 \(fn)" t nil)
3971 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3972 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3973 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3974 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3976 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3977 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3979 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3980 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3981 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3985 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3986 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3988 Key bindings:
3991 \(fn)" t nil)
3993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3995 ;;;***
3996 \f
3997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3998 ;;;;;; 0))
3999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
4001 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
4002 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
4003 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
4004 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
4006 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
4009 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
4010 might get set too.
4012 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
4013 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
4014 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
4015 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
4016 in this way.
4018 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
4019 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4020 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4021 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4022 a null operation.
4024 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4027 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4028 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4029 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4031 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4033 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4034 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4035 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4037 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4039 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4040 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4041 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4042 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4043 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4045 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4049 ;;;***
4050 \f
4051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4053 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4054 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4055 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4059 ;;;***
4060 \f
4061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4064 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4065 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4067 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4069 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4070 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4072 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4074 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4075 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4077 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4078 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4079 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4080 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4081 execution.
4083 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4085 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4087 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4088 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4090 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4091 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4092 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4093 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4095 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4096 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4097 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4098 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4099 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4100 `write' commands.
4102 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4103 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4104 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4105 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4107 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4108 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4109 semantics.
4111 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4113 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4115 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4117 STATEMENT :=
4118 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4119 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4121 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4122 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4123 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4124 | integer
4126 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4128 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4129 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4130 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4132 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4133 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4134 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4136 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4138 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4139 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4140 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4141 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4142 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4143 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4144 ;; last STATEMENT.
4145 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4147 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4148 BREAK := (break)
4150 REPEAT :=
4151 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4152 (repeat)
4153 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4154 ;; (repeat))
4155 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4156 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4157 ;; (read REG)
4158 ;; (repeat))
4159 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4160 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4161 ;; (read REG)
4162 ;; (repeat))
4163 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4165 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4166 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4167 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4168 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4169 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4170 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4171 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4172 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4173 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4174 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4175 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4176 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4177 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4178 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4179 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4180 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4182 WRITE :=
4183 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4184 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4185 ;; representation.
4186 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4187 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4188 ;; (write r7))
4189 | (write EXPRESSION)
4190 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4191 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4192 ;; representation.
4193 | (write integer)
4194 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4195 ;; buffer.
4196 | (write string)
4197 ;; Same as: (write string)
4198 | string
4199 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4200 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4201 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4202 ;; representation.
4203 | (write REG ARRAY)
4204 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4205 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4206 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4207 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4208 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4209 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4211 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4212 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4214 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4215 END := (end)
4217 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4218 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4219 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4221 ARG := REG | integer
4223 OPERATOR :=
4224 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4225 + | - | * | / | %
4227 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4228 | & | `|' | ^
4230 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4231 | << | >>
4233 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4234 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4235 | <8
4237 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4238 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4239 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4240 | >8
4242 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4243 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4244 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4245 | //
4247 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4248 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4250 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4251 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4252 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4253 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4254 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4255 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4256 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4257 | de-sjis
4259 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4260 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4261 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4262 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4263 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4264 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4265 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4266 ;; byte of SJIS.
4267 | en-sjis
4269 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4270 ;; Same meaning as C code
4271 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4273 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4274 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4275 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4276 | <8=
4278 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4279 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4280 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4282 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4283 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4284 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4285 | //=
4287 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4290 TRANSLATE :=
4291 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4292 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4293 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4294 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4295 ;; respectively.
4296 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4297 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4298 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4299 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4301 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4302 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4303 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4305 LOOKUP :=
4306 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4307 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4308 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4309 ;; respectively.
4310 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4311 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4312 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4314 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4315 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4316 ;; REG.
4317 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4318 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4319 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4321 MAP :=
4322 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4323 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4324 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4325 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4327 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4328 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4329 MAP-ID := integer
4331 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4333 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4335 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4336 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4337 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4338 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4339 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4340 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4342 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4344 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4345 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4346 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4348 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4350 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4354 ;;;***
4355 \f
4356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4357 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4359 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4360 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4361 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4362 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4364 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4366 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4368 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4369 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4371 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4375 ;;;***
4376 \f
4377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4378 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4382 ;;;***
4383 \f
4384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4385 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4386 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4390 ;;;***
4391 \f
4392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4393 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4398 ;;;***
4399 \f
4400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4401 ;;;;;; 0))
4402 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4406 ;;;***
4407 \f
4408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4409 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4410 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4414 ;;;***
4415 \f
4416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4417 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4422 ;;;***
4423 \f
4424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4426 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4428 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4429 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4430 There are no special keybindings by default.
4433 to the action header.
4435 \(fn)" t nil)
4437 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4438 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4439 There are no special keybindings by default.
4442 to the action header.
4444 \(fn)" t nil)
4446 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4447 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4449 \(fn)" t nil)
4451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4453 ;;;***
4454 \f
4455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4458 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4459 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4460 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4461 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4462 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4464 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4465 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4467 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4468 from which to start.
4470 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4474 ;;;***
4475 \f
4476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4478 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4482 ;;;***
4483 \f
4484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4485 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4488 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4489 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4490 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4492 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4494 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4495 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4496 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4498 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4502 ;;;***
4503 \f
4504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4505 ;;;;;; 0))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4507 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4508 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4509 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4510 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4511 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4512 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4513 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4514 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4515 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4517 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4518 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4520 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4521 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4522 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4524 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4525 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4526 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4527 the users will view as each check is completed.
4529 \(fn)" t nil)
4531 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4532 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4533 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4534 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4535 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4536 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4537 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4538 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4540 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4542 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4543 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4544 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4545 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4546 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4547 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4548 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4549 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4551 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4553 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4554 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4555 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4556 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4557 spacing are all verified.
4559 \(fn)" t nil)
4561 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4562 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4563 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4564 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4565 otherwise stop after the first error.
4567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4569 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4570 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4572 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4574 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4575 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4576 Only documentation strings are checked.
4577 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4578 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4579 a separate buffer.
4581 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4583 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4584 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4585 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4586 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4587 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4589 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4591 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4592 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4593 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4594 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4595 if there is one.
4597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4599 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4600 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4601 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4602 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4603 if there is one.
4604 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4606 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4609 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4610 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4612 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4614 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4615 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4616 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4617 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4618 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4620 \(fn)" t nil)
4622 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4623 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4624 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4625 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4626 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4627 space at the end of each line.
4629 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4632 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4633 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4634 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4636 \(fn)" t nil)
4638 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4640 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4641 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4646 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4647 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4648 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4652 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4653 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4654 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4655 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4657 \(fn)" t nil)
4659 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4660 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4661 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4662 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4664 \(fn)" t nil)
4666 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4667 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4668 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4669 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4671 \(fn)" t nil)
4673 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4674 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4675 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4676 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4678 \(fn)" t nil)
4680 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4681 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4682 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4683 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4685 \(fn)" t nil)
4687 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4688 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4689 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4690 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4692 \(fn)" t nil)
4694 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4695 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4697 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4698 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4700 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4701 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4702 checking of documentation strings.
4706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4709 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4711 \(fn)" t nil)
4713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4715 ;;;***
4716 \f
4717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4718 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4719 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4721 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4722 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4723 Return the length of resulting text.
4725 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4728 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4730 \(fn)" t nil)
4732 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4733 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4734 Return the length of resulting text.
4736 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4738 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4739 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4741 \(fn)" t nil)
4743 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4746 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4748 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4751 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4755 ;;;***
4756 \f
4757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4758 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4760 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4761 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4762 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4763 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4764 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4765 editing and the result is evaluated.
4767 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4769 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4770 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4771 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4772 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4773 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4775 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4777 \(fn)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4780 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4781 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4782 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4783 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4785 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4786 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4789 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4790 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4792 \(fn)" t nil)
4794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4796 ;;;***
4797 \f
4798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "defsetf" "define-" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4803 ;;;***
4804 \f
4805 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4806 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4811 ;;;***
4812 \f
4813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4814 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4816 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4818 ;;;***
4819 \f
4820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4821 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4824 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4825 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4826 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4827 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4828 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4829 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4830 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4831 of this function.
4833 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4834 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4835 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4836 property are:
4838 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4839 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4841 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4842 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4843 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4844 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4845 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4846 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4847 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4848 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4849 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4850 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4851 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4852 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4854 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4855 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4856 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4858 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4859 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4860 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4861 list elements are:
4863 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4865 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4867 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4869 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4870 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4872 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4873 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4875 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4876 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4877 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4878 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4879 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4880 value specified by their associated list element.
4882 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4884 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4885 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4886 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4888 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4889 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4890 * indent the first argument by 4.
4891 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4892 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4893 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4895 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4896 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4897 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4898 instead.
4900 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4904 ;;;***
4905 \f
4906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4908 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4910 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4912 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4913 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4914 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4915 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4916 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4917 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4919 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4920 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4922 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4923 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4924 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4925 for a description of this minor mode.
4926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4927 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4928 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4930 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4932 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4933 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4934 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4935 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4936 of record objects.
4938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4942 ;;;***
4943 \f
4944 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4945 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4950 ;;;***
4951 \f
4952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4953 ;;;;;; 0))
4954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4955 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4957 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4958 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4959 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4960 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4961 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4963 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4965 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4966 Print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4967 Output is further controlled by the variables
4968 `cl-print-readably', `cl-print-compiled', along with output
4969 variables for the standard printing functions. See Info
4970 node `(elisp)Output Variables'.
4972 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4974 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4975 Return a string containing the `cl-prin1'-printed representation of OBJECT.
4977 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
4981 ;;;***
4982 \f
4983 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4984 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4989 ;;;***
4990 \f
4991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4994 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4995 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4996 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4997 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4999 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
5000 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
5001 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
5002 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
5004 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
5005 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
5007 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
5009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5014 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
5016 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
5017 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
5018 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
5019 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
5020 of `scheme-program-name').
5021 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
5022 it is given as initial input.
5023 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5024 discards input when it starts up.
5025 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5026 is run).
5029 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
5033 ;;;***
5034 \f
5035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5036 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5038 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5039 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5043 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5044 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5046 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5047 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5048 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5050 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5054 ;;;***
5055 \f
5056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5057 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5059 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5060 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5061 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5062 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5063 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5064 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5065 functions have already modified the buffer.
5067 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5069 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5070 either globally or locally.")
5072 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5073 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5074 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5075 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5077 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5078 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5079 `start-file-process'
5080 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5081 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5082 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5084 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5085 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5087 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5089 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5091 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5093 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5094 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5095 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5096 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5097 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5098 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5099 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5100 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5101 process as its initial input.
5103 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5105 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5107 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5109 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5110 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5111 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5112 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5113 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5114 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5116 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5118 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5120 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5121 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5122 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5123 directory tracking functions.")
5125 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5126 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5127 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5129 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5131 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5133 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5134 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5135 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5137 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5139 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5142 Send COMMAND to current process.
5143 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5144 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5146 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5148 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5149 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5150 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5151 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5153 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5157 ;;;***
5158 \f
5159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5160 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5162 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5163 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5164 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5165 to get another window.
5167 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5168 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5170 This command pushes the mark in each window
5171 at the prior location of point in that window.
5172 If both windows display the same buffer,
5173 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5174 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5176 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5177 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5178 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5179 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5180 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5181 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5182 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5183 ignored.
5185 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5186 this command work in interlaced mode:
5187 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5188 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5189 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5191 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5195 ;;;***
5196 \f
5197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5198 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5202 ;;;***
5203 \f
5204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5207 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5208 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5210 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5212 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5213 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5214 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5216 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5218 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5219 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5220 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5222 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5224 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5225 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5226 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5227 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5228 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5230 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5231 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5232 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5233 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5236 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5237 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5238 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5239 describing how the process finished.")
5241 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5242 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5243 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5244 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5245 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5247 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5249 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5251 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5253 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5254 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5255 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5256 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5258 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5260 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5261 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5263 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5264 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5267 (lambda ()
5272 (if buffer-file-name
5273 (shell-quote-argument
5274 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5276 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5278 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5279 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5281 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5282 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5283 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5284 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5286 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5288 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5289 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5290 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5291 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5294 and move to the source code that caused it.
5296 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5297 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5299 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5300 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5301 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5302 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5303 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5305 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5306 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5308 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5310 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5311 kills its subprocesses.
5313 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5314 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5315 to a function that generates a unique name.
5317 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5319 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5320 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5321 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5322 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5324 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5325 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5327 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5328 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5329 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5330 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5332 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5333 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5334 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5336 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5338 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5340 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5341 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5346 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5350 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5352 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5354 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5355 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5357 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5358 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5360 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5361 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5362 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5363 See `compilation-mode'.
5365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5367 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5368 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5370 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5371 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5373 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5374 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5375 `compilation-mode'.
5377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5379 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5380 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5381 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5383 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5387 ;;;***
5388 \f
5389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5390 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5392 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5393 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5394 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5395 for a description of this minor mode.
5396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5398 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5400 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5402 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5403 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5405 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5406 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5412 ;;;***
5413 \f
5414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5415 ;;;;;; 0))
5416 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5418 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5419 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5420 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5421 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5422 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5423 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5424 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5426 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5427 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5428 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5430 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5431 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5432 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5434 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5435 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5436 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5437 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5439 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5440 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5441 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5442 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5443 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5444 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5445 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5451 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5452 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5453 Comments start with `#'. For details see `conf-mode'.
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5457 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5458 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5459 Comments start with `;'.
5460 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5464 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5465 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5466 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5468 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5469 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5471 \(fn)" t nil)
5473 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5474 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5475 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5476 between `/*' and `*/'.
5477 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5480 // another kind of comment
5481 /* yet another */
5483 name:value
5484 name=value
5485 name value
5486 x.1 =
5487 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5488 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5490 \(fn)" t nil)
5492 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5493 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5495 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5496 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5497 `conf-space-keywords'.
5498 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5499 in an interactive fashion instead.
5501 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5505 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5506 image/png png
5507 image/tiff tiff tif
5509 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5510 class desktop
5511 # Standard multimedia devices
5512 add /dev/audio desktop
5513 add /dev/mixer desktop
5515 \(fn)" t nil)
5517 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5518 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5519 See `conf-space-mode'.
5521 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5523 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5524 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5526 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5533 \(fn)" t nil)
5535 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5536 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5538 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5542 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5545 \(fn)" t nil)
5547 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5548 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5550 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5554 *background: gray99
5555 *foreground: black
5557 \(fn)" t nil)
5559 (autoload 'conf-toml-mode "conf-mode" "\
5560 Conf Mode starter for TOML files.
5562 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5566 \[entry]
5569 \(fn)" t nil)
5571 (autoload 'conf-desktop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5572 Conf Mode started for freedesktop.org Desktop files.
5574 For details see `conf-mode'.
5577 [Desktop Entry]
5578 Name=GNU Image Manipulation Program
5579 Name[oc]=Editor d'imatge GIMP
5580 Exec=gimp-2.8 %U
5581 Terminal=false
5583 \(fn)" t nil)
5585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5587 ;;;***
5588 \f
5589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5592 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5593 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5594 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5595 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5596 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5597 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5599 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5601 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5602 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5603 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5604 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5606 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5608 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5609 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5610 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5611 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5613 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5617 ;;;***
5618 \f
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5620 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5622 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5623 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5624 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5626 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5627 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5628 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5629 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5630 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5631 following the copyright are updated as well.
5632 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5633 interactively.
5635 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5637 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5638 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5639 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5640 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5641 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5643 \(fn)" t nil)
5645 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5646 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5648 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5650 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5651 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5652 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5654 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5658 ;;;***
5659 \f
5660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5661 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5663 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5664 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5665 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5666 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5667 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5668 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5669 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5671 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5672 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5673 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5674 Tab indents for Perl code.
5675 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5676 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5678 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5679 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5680 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5684 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5685 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5686 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5687 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5688 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5691 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5693 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5694 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5696 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5698 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5699 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5700 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5702 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5703 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5706 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5710 bite if angry;
5712 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5713 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5714 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5715 to nil.)
5718 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5719 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5721 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5723 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5724 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5725 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5727 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5731 if (A) { B }
5733 into
5735 B if A;
5739 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5740 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5741 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5742 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5743 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5744 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5745 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5746 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5747 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5748 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5749 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5750 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5753 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5755 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5756 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5757 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5758 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5760 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5762 man via menu.
5764 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5765 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5766 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5767 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5771 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5772 span the needed amount of lines.
5774 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5775 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5776 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5777 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5779 Variables controlling indentation style:
5780 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5781 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5782 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5783 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5784 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5785 `cperl-auto-newline'
5786 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5787 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5789 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5790 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5791 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5792 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5793 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5794 `cperl-indent-level'
5795 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5796 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5797 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5798 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5799 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5800 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5801 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5802 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5803 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5804 `cperl-brace-offset'
5805 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5806 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5807 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5808 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5809 `cperl-label-offset'
5810 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5811 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5812 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5814 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5815 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5816 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5817 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5818 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5819 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5821 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5824 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5826 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5827 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5828 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5829 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5831 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5832 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5834 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5835 column 0 is indented on
5836 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5838 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5839 with no args.
5841 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5842 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5843 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5845 \(fn)" t nil)
5847 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5848 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5850 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5852 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5853 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5855 \(fn)" t nil)
5857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5859 ;;;***
5860 \f
5861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5864 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5865 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5866 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5867 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5868 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5870 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5872 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5873 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5875 \(fn)" t nil)
5877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5879 ;;;***
5880 \f
5881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5884 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5885 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5886 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5888 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5889 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5893 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5896 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5900 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5901 with empty strings removed.
5903 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5907 ;;;***
5908 \f
5909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5912 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5913 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5915 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5916 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5919 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5920 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5921 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
5922 buffers.
5925 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
5926 Network (MDN).
5930 \(fn)" t nil)
5933 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5936 \(fn)" t nil)
5938 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5939 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5940 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5941 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5942 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5943 on what is seen near point.
5945 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5949 ;;;***
5950 \f
5951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5954 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5955 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5956 See the `cua-mode' command
5957 for a description of this minor mode.
5958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5959 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5960 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5962 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5964 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5965 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5966 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5967 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5968 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5970 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5971 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5972 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5973 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5974 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5975 normal function of these prefix keys.
5977 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5978 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5979 options:
5980 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5981 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5982 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5984 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5985 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5986 the prefix fallback behavior.
5988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5990 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5991 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5993 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5997 ;;;***
5998 \f
5999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
6000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
6002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
6004 ;;;***
6005 \f
6006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
6009 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
6010 Toggle the region as rectangular.
6011 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
6013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
6017 ;;;***
6018 \f
6019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
6020 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
6021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
6023 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
6025 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6026 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
6028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6030 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6031 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
6032 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
6033 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
6034 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
6035 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
6036 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
6038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6042 ;;;***
6043 \f
6044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6045 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6049 ;;;***
6050 \f
6051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6052 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6054 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6055 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6057 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6059 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6060 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6062 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6064 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6065 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6067 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6069 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6070 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6072 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6073 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6075 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6076 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6078 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6080 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6082 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6083 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6084 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6086 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6087 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6089 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6090 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6092 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6093 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6095 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6097 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6099 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6100 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6101 Return VALUE.
6103 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6104 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6106 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6107 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6109 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6110 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6112 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6114 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6116 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6117 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6118 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6119 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6121 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6122 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6123 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6125 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6127 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6128 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6130 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6131 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6133 \(fn)" t nil)
6135 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6136 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6137 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6138 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6139 for the MODE to customize.
6141 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6143 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6144 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6145 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6147 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6149 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6150 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6152 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6154 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6156 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6157 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6159 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6161 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6163 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6164 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6165 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6167 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6169 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6170 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6171 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6172 as part of Emacs itself.
6174 Each elements looks like this:
6176 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6178 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6179 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6180 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6181 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6182 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6183 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6184 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6185 and `defface'.
6187 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6195 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6196 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6197 the user might see the value in an error message, a good choice is
6198 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6200 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6202 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6203 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6204 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6205 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6206 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6207 release.
6209 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6210 that were added or redefined since that version.
6212 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6215 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6216 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6217 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6219 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6221 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6222 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6224 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6226 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6227 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6228 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6230 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6231 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6233 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6235 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6236 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6240 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6241 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6243 \(fn)" t nil)
6245 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6246 Customize all saved options and faces.
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6251 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6252 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6253 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6254 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6255 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6257 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6258 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6259 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6261 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6263 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6264 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6266 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6269 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6271 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6273 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6274 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6276 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6278 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6279 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6280 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6281 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6283 \(fn)" nil nil)
6285 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6286 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6287 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6288 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6289 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6290 that option.
6291 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6293 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6295 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6296 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6297 The result includes selecting that window.
6298 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6299 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6300 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6301 that option.
6302 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6304 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6306 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6307 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6311 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6312 File used for storing customization information.
6313 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6314 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6315 it should be an absolute file name.
6317 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6318 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6319 something like the following in your init file:
6322 \(load custom-file)
6324 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6325 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6327 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6328 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6329 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6330 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6331 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6333 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6334 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6335 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6336 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6337 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6338 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6340 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6341 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6342 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6344 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6346 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6347 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6349 \(fn)" nil nil)
6351 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6352 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6354 \(fn)" t nil)
6356 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6357 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6358 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6360 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6362 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6363 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6364 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6365 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6366 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6368 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6372 ;;;***
6373 \f
6374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6375 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6377 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6378 Create or edit a custom theme.
6379 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6380 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6381 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6382 from the Custom save file.
6383 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6384 named *Custom Theme*.
6386 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6388 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6389 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6391 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6393 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6394 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6396 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6398 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6399 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6400 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6401 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6403 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6407 ;;;***
6408 \f
6409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6410 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6412 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6413 Mode used for cvs status output.
6415 \(fn)" t nil)
6417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6419 ;;;***
6420 \f
6421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6423 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6425 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6426 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6428 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6430 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6431 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6432 C++ modes are included.
6434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6435 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6436 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6440 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6442 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6443 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6444 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6445 for a description of this minor mode.
6446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6447 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6448 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6450 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6452 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6453 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6454 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6455 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6456 ARG is omitted or nil.
6458 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6459 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6460 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6469 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6472 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6473 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6475 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6477 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6478 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6480 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6482 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6483 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6484 For readability, the table is slightly
6485 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6487 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6488 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6489 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6490 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6491 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6493 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6497 ;;;***
6498 \f
6499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6501 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6502 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6503 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6504 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6506 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6507 Completion on current word.
6509 and presents suggestions for completion.
6511 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6512 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6513 completions.
6516 then it searches *all* buffers.
6518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6520 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6523 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6524 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6525 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6526 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6527 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6528 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6529 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6530 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6532 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6533 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6535 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6536 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6537 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6539 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6540 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6548 ;;;***
6549 \f
6550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6551 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6553 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6554 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6556 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6560 ;;;***
6561 \f
6562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6563 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6565 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6566 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6567 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6568 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6569 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6571 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6575 ;;;***
6576 \f
6577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6578 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6580 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6581 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6583 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6584 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6585 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6587 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6588 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6589 Data lines are not indented.
6591 Key bindings:
6594 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6601 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6603 dcl-basic-offset
6604 Extra indentation within blocks.
6606 dcl-continuation-offset
6607 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6609 dcl-margin-offset
6610 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6612 dcl-margin-label-offset
6613 Indentation for a label.
6615 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6616 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6618 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6619 dcl-block-end-regexp
6620 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6621 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6622 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6623 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6624 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6626 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6627 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6628 Two such functions are included in the package:
6629 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6630 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6632 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6633 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6634 One such function is included in the package:
6635 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6637 dcl-tab-always-indent
6638 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6639 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6640 margin.
6642 dcl-electric-characters
6643 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6644 typed.
6646 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6647 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6648 which words trigger electric indentation.
6650 dcl-tempo-comma
6651 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6652 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6653 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6655 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6656 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6657 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6658 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6660 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6661 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6662 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6663 dcl-imenu-label-call
6664 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6666 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6667 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6668 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6669 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6672 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6674 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6675 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6676 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6677 $ i = 1
6678 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6679 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6680 $ label:
6681 $ if i.eq.1
6682 $ then
6683 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6684 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6685 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6686 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6689 $ type sys$input
6690 Data lines are not indented at all.
6691 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6692 $ endif
6693 $
6696 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6697 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6699 \(fn)" t nil)
6701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6703 ;;;***
6704 \f
6705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6708 (setq debugger 'debug)
6710 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6712 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6713 of the evaluator.
6715 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6716 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6717 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6719 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6721 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6722 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6724 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6726 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6727 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6728 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6729 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6730 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6731 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6734 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6736 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6738 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6740 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6741 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6742 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6744 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6746 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6747 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6749 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6751 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6752 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6753 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6755 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6756 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6757 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6758 watchpoint.
6761 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6762 another symbol also cancels it.
6764 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6766 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6768 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6770 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6771 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6772 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6774 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6776 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6780 ;;;***
6781 \f
6782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6785 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6786 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6788 \(fn)" t nil)
6790 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6791 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6792 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6793 Upper-case letters are commands.
6795 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6796 modify it.
6798 The most useful commands are:
6802 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6806 \(fn)" t nil)
6808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6810 ;;;***
6811 \f
6812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6813 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6814 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6816 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6817 Customization of `columns' group.
6819 \(fn)" t nil)
6821 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6822 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6824 START and END delimits the text region.
6826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6828 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6829 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6831 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6833 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6835 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6837 ;;;***
6838 \f
6839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6840 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6842 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6844 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6845 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6846 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6847 for a description of this minor mode.
6848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6850 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6852 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6854 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6855 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6856 Interactively, with a prefix argument, enable
6857 Delete Selection mode if the prefix argument is positive,
6858 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, toggle
6859 the mode if ARG is `toggle', disable the mode if ARG is
6860 a non-positive integer, and enable the mode otherwise
6861 \(including if ARG is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6863 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6864 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6865 point regardless of any selection.
6867 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6868 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6874 ;;;***
6875 \f
6876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6879 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6880 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6882 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6884 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6885 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6886 or nil if there is no parent.
6888 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6889 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6890 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6891 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6893 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6894 arguments are currently understood:
6895 :group GROUP
6896 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6897 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6898 :syntax-table TABLE
6899 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6900 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6901 :abbrev-table TABLE
6902 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6903 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6904 :after-hook FORM
6905 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6906 run. It should not be quoted.
6908 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6912 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6913 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6914 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6916 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6917 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6921 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6923 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6924 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6926 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6927 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6929 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6931 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6933 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6935 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6936 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6937 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6938 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6939 the first time the mode is used.
6941 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6945 ;;;***
6946 \f
6947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6948 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6950 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6951 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6952 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6953 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6954 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6955 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6956 otherwise.
6958 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6960 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6961 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6962 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6963 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6965 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6966 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6967 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6969 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6970 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6971 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6972 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6973 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6974 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6975 relevant to POS.
6977 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6979 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6980 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6982 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6983 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6984 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6985 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6986 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6987 minibuffer window for width limit.
6989 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6990 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6992 \(fn)" nil nil)
6994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6996 ;;;***
6997 \f
6998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6999 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
7001 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
7002 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
7003 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
7004 for a description of this minor mode.
7005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7006 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7007 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
7009 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
7011 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
7012 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
7013 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
7014 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
7015 is omitted or nil.
7017 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
7018 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
7019 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
7020 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
7025 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
7026 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
7028 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
7030 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
7032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7034 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
7035 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
7036 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
7037 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
7039 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
7041 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
7042 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7044 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7045 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7046 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7048 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7051 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7052 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7053 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7055 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7056 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7057 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7058 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7060 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7062 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7063 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7065 Handlers are called with argument list
7067 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7069 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7071 `desktop-file-version'
7072 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7073 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7074 `desktop-buffer-point'
7075 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7076 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7077 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7079 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7080 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7082 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7083 code like
7085 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7086 ...
7090 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7092 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7094 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7096 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7097 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7098 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7099 List elements must have the form
7101 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7103 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7104 function.
7106 Handlers are called with argument list
7108 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7110 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7112 `desktop-file-version'
7113 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7114 `desktop-buffer-name'
7115 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7116 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7117 `desktop-buffer-point'
7118 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7119 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7120 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7122 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7123 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7124 created and set.
7126 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7127 code like
7129 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7130 ...
7134 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7136 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7138 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7140 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7142 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7143 Empty the Desktop.
7144 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7145 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7146 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7147 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7148 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7149 if different).
7151 \(fn)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7154 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7155 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7156 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7157 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7158 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7159 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7160 do not rewrite the file.
7162 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7163 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7164 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7165 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7166 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7167 file.
7169 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7170 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7171 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7172 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7173 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7174 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7175 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7176 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7177 without further confirmation.
7179 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7181 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7182 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7183 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7185 \(fn)" t nil)
7187 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7188 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7189 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7190 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7191 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7192 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7193 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7194 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7196 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7199 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7200 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7202 \(fn)" nil nil)
7204 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7206 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7207 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7208 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7209 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7210 directory DIRNAME.
7212 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7214 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7215 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7217 \(fn)" t nil)
7219 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7220 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7222 \(fn)" t nil)
7224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7226 ;;;***
7227 \f
7228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7231 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7232 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7233 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7234 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7235 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7236 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7238 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7241 Repair a broken attribution line.
7242 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7244 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7247 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7248 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7249 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7251 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7254 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7256 \(fn)" t nil)
7258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7260 ;;;***
7261 \f
7262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7263 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7265 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7267 ;;;***
7268 \f
7269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7270 ;;;;;; 0))
7271 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7273 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7274 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7275 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7276 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7277 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7282 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7283 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7284 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7286 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7287 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7288 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7289 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7291 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7292 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7294 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7299 \(diary-mail-entries)
7301 # diary-rem.el ends here
7303 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7306 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7308 \(fn)" t nil)
7310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7312 ;;;***
7313 \f
7314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7317 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7318 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7320 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7322 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7323 The command to use to run diff.")
7325 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7327 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7328 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7329 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7330 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7331 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7332 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7334 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7335 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7336 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7338 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7340 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7341 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7342 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7343 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7344 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7345 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7347 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7350 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7352 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7354 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7355 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7356 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7358 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7362 ;;;***
7363 \f
7364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7365 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7367 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7368 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7369 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7370 normal diffs.
7372 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7373 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7374 headers for you on-the-fly.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7385 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7387 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7388 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7396 ;;;***
7397 \f
7398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7401 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7402 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7403 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7405 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7409 ;;;***
7410 \f
7411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7414 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7415 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7416 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7417 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7418 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7419 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7421 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7422 each option.
7423 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7424 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7425 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7427 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7429 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7430 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7431 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7432 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7433 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7434 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7436 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7438 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7439 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7441 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7442 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7444 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7445 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7446 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7447 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7448 listing have no effect.
7454 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7456 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7457 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7459 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7463 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7465 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7468 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7471 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7473 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7475 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7478 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7481 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7484 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7486 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7489 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7490 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7491 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7492 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7494 to see why something went wrong.
7499 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7506 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7507 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7510 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7512 again for the directory tree.
7515 for more info):
7517 `dired-listing-switches'
7518 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7519 `dired-marker-char'
7520 `dired-del-marker'
7521 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7522 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7523 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7524 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7528 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7529 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7530 `dired-mode-hook'
7531 `dired-load-hook'
7533 Keybindings:
7536 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7537 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7541 ;;;***
7542 \f
7543 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7544 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7545 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7549 ;;;***
7550 \f
7551 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7552 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7553 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7557 ;;;***
7558 \f
7559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7562 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7563 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7568 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7569 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7570 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7572 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7573 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7574 directory.
7576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7578 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7579 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7580 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7581 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7582 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7583 from `default-directory'.
7585 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7589 ;;;***
7590 \f
7591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7594 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7595 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7596 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7597 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7598 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7599 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7601 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7605 ;;;***
7606 \f
7607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7608 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7610 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7611 Return a new, empty display table.
7613 \(fn)" nil nil)
7615 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7616 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7617 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7618 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7619 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7621 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7623 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7624 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7625 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7626 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7627 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7629 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7631 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7632 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7634 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7636 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7637 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7639 \(fn)" t nil)
7641 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7642 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7644 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7645 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7647 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7648 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7649 byte.
7651 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7652 in the default way after this call.
7654 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7656 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7657 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7659 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7661 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7662 Display character C using printable string S.
7664 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7666 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7667 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7668 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7669 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7671 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7673 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7674 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7675 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7676 X frame.
7678 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7680 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7681 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7683 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7685 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7686 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7688 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7690 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7691 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7693 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7695 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7696 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7698 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7700 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7701 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7703 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7705 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7706 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7708 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7709 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7711 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7712 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7714 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7715 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7716 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7717 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7719 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7720 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7721 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7722 in `.emacs'.
7724 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7728 ;;;***
7729 \f
7730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "display-line-numbers" "display-line-numbers.el"
7731 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from display-line-numbers.el
7734 (autoload 'display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7735 Toggle display of line numbers in the buffer.
7736 This uses `display-line-numbers' internally.
7738 To change the type of line numbers displayed by default,
7739 customize `display-line-numbers-type'. To change the type while
7740 the mode is on, set `display-line-numbers' directly.
7742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7744 (defvar global-display-line-numbers-mode nil "\
7745 Non-nil if Global Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled.
7746 See the `global-display-line-numbers-mode' command
7747 for a description of this minor mode.
7748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7750 or call the function `global-display-line-numbers-mode'.")
7752 (custom-autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" nil)
7754 (autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7755 Toggle Display-Line-Numbers mode in all buffers.
7756 With prefix ARG, enable Global Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive;
7757 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
7758 ARG is omitted or nil.
7760 Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled in all buffers where
7761 `display-line-numbers--turn-on' would do it.
7762 See `display-line-numbers-mode' for more information on Display-Line-Numbers mode.
7764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "display-line-numbers" '("display-line-numbers-")))
7768 ;;;***
7769 \f
7770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7771 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7773 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7774 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7775 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7776 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7777 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7778 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7779 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7780 Default is 2.
7782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7784 ;;;***
7785 \f
7786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7787 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7789 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7790 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7791 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7792 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7793 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7794 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7795 private or ask).
7796 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7797 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7798 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7799 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7800 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7802 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7806 ;;;***
7807 \f
7808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7813 ;;;***
7814 \f
7815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7816 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7818 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7819 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7820 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7821 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7822 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7823 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7824 table and its own syntax table.
7826 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7828 \(fn)" t nil)
7829 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7831 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7832 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7834 \(fn)" t nil)
7836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7838 ;;;***
7839 \f
7840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7841 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7843 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7844 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7845 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7846 OpenDocument format).
7848 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7850 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7851 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7853 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7854 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7857 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7860 \(fn)" t nil)
7862 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7863 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7864 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7865 to the next best mode.
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7869 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7870 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7872 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7875 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7879 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7882 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7886 ;;;***
7887 \f
7888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7891 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7892 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7894 \(fn)" t nil)
7896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7898 ;;;***
7899 \f
7900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7901 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7905 ;;;***
7906 \f
7907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7908 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7912 ;;;***
7913 \f
7914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7915 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7919 ;;;***
7920 \f
7921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7926 ;;;***
7927 \f
7928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7929 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7931 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7932 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7933 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7934 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7935 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7937 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7938 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7944 ;;;***
7945 \f
7946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7947 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7948 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7950 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7951 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7953 \(fn)" t nil)
7955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7957 ;;;***
7958 \f
7959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7960 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7961 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7965 ;;;***
7966 \f
7967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7968 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7971 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7973 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7974 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7975 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7976 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7977 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7979 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7980 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7981 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7982 and disables it otherwise.
7984 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7985 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7986 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7987 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7989 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7990 documenting what its argument does.
7992 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7993 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7994 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7995 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7996 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7997 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7998 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7999 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
8000 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
8002 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
8003 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
8004 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
8005 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
8006 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
8007 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
8008 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
8009 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
8010 the minor mode is global):
8012 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
8014 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
8015 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
8016 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
8017 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
8018 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
8019 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
8020 Not used if you also specify :variable.
8021 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
8022 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
8023 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
8024 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
8025 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
8026 named variable, or a generalized variable.
8027 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
8028 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
8029 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
8030 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
8031 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
8032 in :variable).
8034 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
8035 have been run. It should not be quoted.
8037 For example, you could write
8040 ...BODY CODE...)
8042 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
8044 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8046 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8048 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8050 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8051 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
8052 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
8053 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
8054 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
8055 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
8056 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
8057 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
8058 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
8059 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
8060 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
8061 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
8063 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
8064 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8065 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8066 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8067 call another major mode in their body.
8069 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
8070 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
8071 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
8073 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
8075 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8077 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8078 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8079 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8080 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8081 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8082 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8083 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8085 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8087 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8088 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8089 :inherit Parent keymap.
8090 :group Ignored.
8091 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8092 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8094 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8096 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8097 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8098 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8099 the constant's documentation.
8101 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8103 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defmap 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8105 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8106 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8107 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8109 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8111 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defsyntax 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8115 ;;;***
8116 \f
8117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8118 ;;;;;; 0))
8119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8121 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8122 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8123 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8124 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8126 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8127 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8128 as a top-level menu bar item.
8130 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8131 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8132 pairs:
8134 :filter FUNCTION
8135 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8136 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8137 items to actually display.
8139 :visible INCLUDE
8140 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8141 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8142 alias for `:visible'.
8144 :active ENABLE
8145 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8146 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8147 an alias for `:active'.
8149 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8150 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8152 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8154 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8156 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8157 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8159 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8160 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8162 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8164 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8166 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8167 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8169 :keys KEYS
8170 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8171 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8172 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8173 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8175 :key-sequence KEYS
8176 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8177 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8178 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8179 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8181 :active ENABLE
8182 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8183 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8184 alias for `:active'.
8186 :visible INCLUDE
8187 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8188 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8189 `:visible'.
8191 :label FORM
8192 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8193 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8195 :suffix FORM
8196 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8197 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8199 :style STYLE
8200 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8201 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8202 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8204 :selected SELECTED
8205 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8206 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8208 :help HELP
8209 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8211 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8212 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8213 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8215 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8216 MENU. This is a submenu.
8218 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8220 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8222 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8225 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8227 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8228 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8229 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8230 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8232 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8234 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8235 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8236 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8237 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8238 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8239 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8241 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8242 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8243 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8245 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8246 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8247 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8249 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8250 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8252 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8256 ;;;***
8257 \f
8258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8263 ;;;***
8264 \f
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8270 ;;;***
8271 \f
8272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8277 ;;;***
8278 \f
8279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8284 ;;;***
8285 \f
8286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8291 ;;;***
8292 \f
8293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8298 ;;;***
8299 \f
8300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8305 ;;;***
8306 \f
8307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8309 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8311 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8312 Customization for ebnf group.
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8317 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8319 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8321 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8322 processed.
8324 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8326 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8328 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8329 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8331 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8332 killed after process termination.
8334 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8336 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8338 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8339 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8342 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8343 it to the printer.
8345 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8346 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8347 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8348 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8352 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8353 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8354 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8356 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8358 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8359 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8361 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8363 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8364 processed.
8366 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8368 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8370 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8371 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8373 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8374 killed after process termination.
8376 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8378 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8381 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8382 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8383 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8385 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8387 \(fn)" t nil)
8389 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8390 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8391 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8393 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8395 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8398 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8400 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8402 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8403 processed.
8405 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8407 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8409 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8410 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8412 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8413 killed after EPS generation.
8415 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8417 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8419 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8420 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8422 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8423 The EPS file name has the following form:
8425 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8427 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8430 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8431 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8432 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8436 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8437 files.
8439 \(fn)" t nil)
8441 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8442 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8444 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8445 The EPS file name has the following form:
8447 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8449 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8452 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8453 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8454 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8458 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8459 files.
8461 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8463 (defalias 'ebnf-despool #'ps-despool)
8465 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8466 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8468 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8470 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8471 are processed.
8473 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8475 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8478 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8480 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8481 killed after syntax checking.
8483 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8485 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8488 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8490 \(fn)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8493 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8495 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8498 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8500 \(fn)" nil nil)
8502 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8503 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8505 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8507 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8509 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8510 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8512 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8514 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8516 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8517 Delete style NAME.
8519 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8521 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8524 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8526 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8528 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8530 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8531 Set STYLE as the current style.
8533 Returns the old style symbol.
8535 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8537 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8540 Reset current style.
8542 Returns the old style symbol.
8544 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8546 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8548 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8549 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8551 Returns the old style symbol.
8553 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8555 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8557 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8560 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8562 Returns the old style symbol.
8564 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8566 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8568 \(fn)" t nil)
8570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8572 ;;;***
8573 \f
8574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8577 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8578 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8579 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8580 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8581 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8584 Tree mode key bindings:
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8589 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8590 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8594 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8595 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8600 View declaration of member at point.
8602 \(fn)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8605 Find declaration of member at point.
8607 \(fn)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8610 View definition of member at point.
8612 \(fn)" t nil)
8614 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8615 Find definition of member at point.
8617 \(fn)" t nil)
8619 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8620 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8625 View definition of member at point in other window.
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8629 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8630 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8634 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8635 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8637 \(fn)" t nil)
8639 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8640 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8642 \(fn)" t nil)
8644 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8645 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8647 \(fn)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8650 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8651 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8652 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8653 completion.
8655 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8657 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8658 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8659 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8660 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8662 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8664 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8665 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8666 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8667 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8669 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8672 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8673 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8675 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8677 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8678 Search for call sites of a member.
8679 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8680 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8681 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8682 looks like a function call to the member.
8684 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8686 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8687 Move backward in the position stack.
8688 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8690 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8692 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8693 Move forward in the position stack.
8694 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8696 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8698 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8699 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8701 \(fn)" t nil)
8703 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8704 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8706 \(fn)" t nil)
8708 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8709 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8710 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8711 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8713 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8715 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8716 Display statistics for a class tree.
8718 \(fn)" t nil)
8720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8722 ;;;***
8723 \f
8724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8725 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8727 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8729 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8731 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8732 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8733 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8735 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8738 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8739 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8740 also has this effect.
8742 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8757 ;;;***
8758 \f
8759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8762 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8763 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8764 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8766 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8770 ;;;***
8771 \f
8772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8775 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8776 Read the .ecompleterc file.
8778 \(fn)" nil nil)
8780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8782 ;;;***
8783 \f
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8786 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8788 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8789 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8790 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8791 for a description of this minor mode.
8792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8794 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8796 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8798 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8799 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8804 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8805 an EDE controlled project.
8807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8818 ;;;***
8819 \f
8820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8821 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8829 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8834 ;;;***
8835 \f
8836 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8837 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8845 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8850 ;;;***
8851 \f
8852 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8858 ;;;***
8859 \f
8860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8865 ;;;***
8866 \f
8867 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8868 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8873 ;;;***
8874 \f
8875 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8876 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8881 ;;;***
8882 \f
8883 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8884 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8892 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8900 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8905 ;;;***
8906 \f
8907 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8908 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8913 ;;;***
8914 \f
8915 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8916 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8921 ;;;***
8922 \f
8923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8924 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8929 ;;;***
8930 \f
8931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8932 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8936 ;;;***
8937 \f
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8943 ;;;***
8944 \f
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8950 ;;;***
8951 \f
8952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8953 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8958 ;;;***
8959 \f
8960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8961 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8966 ;;;***
8967 \f
8968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8969 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8974 ;;;***
8975 \f
8976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8977 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8978 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8982 ;;;***
8983 \f
8984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8985 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8990 ;;;***
8991 \f
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8993 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
9001 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
9004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
9006 ;;;***
9007 \f
9008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
9009 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9010 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
9012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
9014 ;;;***
9015 \f
9016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
9017 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
9020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
9022 ;;;***
9023 \f
9024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
9025 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
9028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
9033 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
9036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
9041 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
9044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
9046 ;;;***
9047 \f
9048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
9051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
9056 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
9058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
9063 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
9066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
9071 ;;;;;; 0))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
9074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
9076 ;;;***
9077 \f
9078 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
9079 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
9082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
9084 ;;;***
9085 \f
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9089 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9090 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9091 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9092 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9093 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9095 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9096 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9098 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9100 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9102 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9103 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9104 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9105 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9107 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9109 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9110 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9111 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9112 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9114 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9116 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9118 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9119 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9120 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9121 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9122 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9124 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9125 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9126 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9127 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9128 instrumented for Edebug.
9130 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9131 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9132 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9133 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9134 already is one.)
9136 \(fn)" t nil)
9138 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9139 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9141 \(fn)" t nil)
9143 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9144 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9146 \(fn)" t nil)
9148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
9150 ;;;***
9151 \f
9152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9154 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9156 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9157 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9158 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9159 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9161 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9163 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9164 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9165 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9166 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9168 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9170 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9172 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9174 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9175 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9176 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9177 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9179 \(fn)" t nil)
9181 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9182 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9183 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9184 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9186 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9188 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9189 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9190 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9191 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9192 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9193 `ediff-buffers', but can also be one of
9194 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9195 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers3', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9196 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9198 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9200 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9202 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9203 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9204 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9205 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9206 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9207 `ediff-buffers3', but can also be one of
9208 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9209 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9210 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9212 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9214 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9216 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9217 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9218 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9219 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9221 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9223 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9225 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9226 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9227 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9228 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9230 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9232 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9234 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9235 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9236 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9237 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9239 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9241 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9243 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9244 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9245 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9246 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9247 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9249 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9251 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9253 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9254 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9255 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9256 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9257 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9258 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9259 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9261 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9264 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9265 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9266 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9267 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9269 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9271 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9273 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9274 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9275 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9276 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9277 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9279 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9281 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9283 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9285 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9286 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9287 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9288 follows:
9289 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9290 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9291 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9292 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9294 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9296 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9297 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9298 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9299 follows:
9300 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9301 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9302 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9303 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9305 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9307 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9308 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9309 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9310 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9311 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9312 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9313 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9314 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9316 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9318 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9319 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9320 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9321 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9322 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9323 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9324 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9325 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9326 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9328 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9330 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9332 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9333 Merge two files without ancestor.
9334 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged.
9335 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9336 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE
9337 is the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer..
9339 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9341 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9342 Merge two files with ancestor.
9343 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged, and
9344 FILE-ANCESTOR is the name of the ancestor file. STARTUP-HOOKS is
9345 a list of functions that Emacs calls without arguments after
9346 setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of
9347 the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9349 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9351 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9353 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9354 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9355 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged.
9356 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9357 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9358 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9359 `ediff-merge-buffers', but can also be one of
9360 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9361 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-buffers3', or
9362 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the
9363 name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9365 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9367 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9368 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9369 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged, and
9370 BUFFER-ANCESTOR is their ancestor. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of
9371 functions that Emacs calls without arguments after setting up the
9372 Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a symbol describing the Ediff job
9373 type; it defaults to `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor', but can
9374 also be one of `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor',
9375 `ediff-last-dir-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers',
9376 `ediff-buffers3', or `ediff-merge-buffers'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is
9377 the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9379 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9381 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9382 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9383 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9384 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9385 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9386 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9387 the merge buffer.
9389 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9391 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9392 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9393 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9394 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9395 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9396 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9397 the merge buffer.
9399 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9401 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9402 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9403 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9404 and don't ask the user.
9405 If prefix argument ARG, then: if even argument, assume that the
9406 patch is in a buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9408 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9410 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9411 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9412 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9413 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9414 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9415 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9416 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9417 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9419 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9421 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9423 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9425 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9426 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9427 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9428 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9429 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9430 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9431 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9433 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9435 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9437 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9438 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9439 When called interactively, displays the version.
9441 \(fn)" t nil)
9443 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9444 Display Ediff's manual.
9445 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9447 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9449 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9450 Call `ediff-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9452 \(fn)" nil nil)
9454 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9455 Call `ediff3-files' with the next three command line arguments.
9457 \(fn)" nil nil)
9459 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9460 Call `ediff-merge-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9462 \(fn)" nil nil)
9464 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9465 Call `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor' with the next three command line arguments.
9467 \(fn)" nil nil)
9469 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9470 Call `ediff-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9472 \(fn)" nil nil)
9474 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9475 Call `ediff-directories3' with the next four command line arguments.
9477 \(fn)" nil nil)
9479 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9480 Call `ediff-merge-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9482 \(fn)" nil nil)
9484 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9485 Call `ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor' with the next four command line arguments.
9487 \(fn)" nil nil)
9489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9491 ;;;***
9492 \f
9493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9494 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9498 ;;;***
9499 \f
9500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9503 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9506 \(fn)" t nil)
9508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9510 ;;;***
9511 \f
9512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9517 ;;;***
9518 \f
9519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9520 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9524 ;;;***
9525 \f
9526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9527 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9529 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9530 Display Ediff's registry.
9532 \(fn)" t nil)
9534 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9538 ;;;***
9539 \f
9540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9541 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9550 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9551 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9552 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9553 which see.
9555 \(fn)" t nil)
9557 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9558 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9559 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9560 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9562 \(fn)" t nil)
9564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9566 ;;;***
9567 \f
9568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9569 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9573 ;;;***
9574 \f
9575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9580 ;;;***
9581 \f
9582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9583 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9584 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9586 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9587 Edit a keyboard macro.
9588 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9592 to edit a macro by its command name.
9593 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9595 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9597 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9598 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9600 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9602 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9603 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9605 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9607 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9608 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9610 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9614 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9615 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9616 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9617 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9619 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9621 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9622 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9623 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9624 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9625 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9626 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9628 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9632 ;;;***
9633 \f
9634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9637 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9638 Set scroll margins.
9639 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9640 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9642 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9645 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9647 \(fn)" t nil)
9649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9651 ;;;***
9652 \f
9653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9654 ;;;;;; 0))
9655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9659 ;;;***
9660 \f
9661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9662 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9667 ;;;***
9668 \f
9669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9677 ;;;;;; 0))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9685 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9687 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9689 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9690 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9691 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9692 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9693 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9695 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9696 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9699 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9700 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9701 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9703 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9704 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9705 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9707 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9708 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9709 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9711 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9713 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9716 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9720 ;;;***
9721 \f
9722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9724 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9728 ;;;***
9729 \f
9730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9731 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9736 ;;;***
9737 \f
9738 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9739 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9744 ;;;***
9745 \f
9746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9747 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9749 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9751 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9752 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9753 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9754 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9755 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9756 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9757 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9759 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9763 ;;;***
9764 \f
9765 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9766 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9771 ;;;***
9772 \f
9773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9774 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9779 ;;;***
9780 \f
9781 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9782 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9787 ;;;***
9788 \f
9789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9795 ;;;***
9796 \f
9797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9798 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9800 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9801 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9802 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9803 for a description of this minor mode.
9804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9805 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9806 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9808 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9810 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9811 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9813 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9814 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9816 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9817 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9818 closing parenthesis, and vice versa. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
9819 If the region is active, the parentheses (brackets, etc.) are
9820 inserted around the region instead.
9822 To toggle the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9826 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9827 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9833 ;;;***
9834 \f
9835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9836 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9838 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9839 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9841 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9842 an elided material again.
9844 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9850 ;;;***
9851 \f
9852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9855 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9856 Lint the file FILE.
9858 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9860 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9861 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9862 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9864 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9866 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9867 Lint the current buffer.
9868 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9870 \(fn)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9873 Lint the function at point.
9874 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9876 \(fn)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9879 Initialize elint.
9880 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9881 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9883 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9887 ;;;***
9888 \f
9889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9892 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9893 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9894 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9896 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9898 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9899 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9900 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9901 If called interactively, prompt for LIST in the minibuffer;
9904 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9906 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9907 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9908 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9912 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9914 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9915 Display current profiling results.
9916 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9917 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9918 displayed.
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9924 ;;;***
9925 \f
9926 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9927 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9932 ;;;***
9933 \f
9934 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9935 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9936 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9940 ;;;***
9941 \f
9942 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9944 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9948 ;;;***
9949 \f
9950 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9951 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9952 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9956 ;;;***
9957 \f
9958 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9959 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9960 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9964 ;;;***
9965 \f
9966 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9967 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9968 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9972 ;;;***
9973 \f
9974 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9975 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9976 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9980 ;;;***
9981 \f
9982 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9983 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9984 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9988 ;;;***
9989 \f
9990 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9991 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9996 ;;;***
9997 \f
9998 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9999 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
10002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
10004 ;;;***
10005 \f
10006 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
10007 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10008 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
10010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
10012 ;;;***
10013 \f
10014 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
10015 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10016 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
10018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
10020 ;;;***
10021 \f
10022 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
10023 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10024 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
10026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
10028 ;;;***
10029 \f
10030 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
10031 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
10034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
10036 ;;;***
10037 \f
10038 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
10039 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10040 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
10042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
10044 ;;;***
10045 \f
10046 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
10047 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
10050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
10052 ;;;***
10053 \f
10054 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
10055 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10056 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
10058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
10060 ;;;***
10061 \f
10062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
10063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
10065 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
10066 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
10067 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
10068 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
10069 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
10070 ARG is omitted or nil.
10072 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
10073 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
10074 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
10075 used instead.
10077 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
10079 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
10080 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
10081 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
10083 Other values are interpreted as usual.
10085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
10089 ;;;***
10090 \f
10091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
10094 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
10095 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
10096 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
10098 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
10100 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
10102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
10104 ;;;***
10105 \f
10106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
10107 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
10109 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
10110 Run Emerge on two files.
10112 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10114 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10115 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
10117 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10119 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
10120 Run Emerge on two buffers.
10122 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10124 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10125 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
10127 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10129 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
10132 \(fn)" nil nil)
10134 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
10137 \(fn)" nil nil)
10139 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
10142 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10144 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
10147 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10149 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10150 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10152 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10154 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10155 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10157 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10159 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10162 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10166 ;;;***
10167 \f
10168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10171 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10172 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10173 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10174 text/enriched format.
10176 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10177 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10178 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10180 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10182 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10185 Commands:
10189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10191 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10194 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10196 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10199 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10201 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10203 ;;;***
10204 \f
10205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10208 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10209 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10211 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10213 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10214 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10216 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10218 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10219 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10220 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10221 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10222 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10223 the keys are listed.
10224 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10226 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10228 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10229 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10230 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10232 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10234 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10235 Verify FILE.
10237 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10239 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10240 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10242 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10244 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10245 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10247 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10249 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10250 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10252 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10253 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10254 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10255 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10257 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10258 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10259 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10260 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10261 should consider using the string based counterpart
10262 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10263 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10265 For example:
10268 (decode-coding-string
10269 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10272 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10274 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10275 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10277 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10278 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10280 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10282 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10284 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10285 Verify the current region between START and END.
10287 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10288 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10289 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10290 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10291 should consider using the string based counterpart
10292 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10293 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10295 For example:
10298 (decode-coding-string
10299 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10302 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10304 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10306 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10307 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10308 between START and END.
10310 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10311 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10313 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10315 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10317 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10318 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10320 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10321 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10322 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10323 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10324 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10325 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10327 For example:
10330 (epg-sign-string
10331 context
10334 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10336 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10338 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10339 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10341 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10342 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10343 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10344 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10345 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10346 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10348 For example:
10351 (epg-encrypt-string
10352 context
10354 nil))
10356 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10358 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10360 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10361 Delete selected KEYS.
10363 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10365 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10366 Import keys from FILE.
10368 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10371 Import keys from the region.
10373 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10376 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10377 between START and END.
10379 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10381 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10382 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10384 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10386 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10387 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10389 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10393 ;;;***
10394 \f
10395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10396 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10398 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10399 Decrypt marked files.
10401 \(fn)" t nil)
10403 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10404 Verify marked files.
10406 \(fn)" t nil)
10408 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10409 Sign marked files.
10411 \(fn)" t nil)
10413 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10414 Encrypt marked files.
10416 \(fn)" t nil)
10418 ;;;***
10419 \f
10420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10421 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10423 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10426 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10428 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10431 \(fn)" t nil)
10433 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10436 \(fn)" t nil)
10438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10440 ;;;***
10441 \f
10442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10445 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10446 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10448 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10449 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10454 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10455 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10457 \(fn)" t nil)
10459 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10461 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10462 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10463 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10465 \(fn)" t nil)
10467 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10469 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10470 Sign the current buffer.
10471 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10473 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10475 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10477 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10478 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10479 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10480 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10481 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10482 and also whether and how to sign.
10484 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10485 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10486 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10488 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10490 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10492 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10493 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10494 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10496 \(fn)" t nil)
10498 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10500 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10501 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10502 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10503 for a description of this minor mode.
10504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10505 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10506 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10508 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10510 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10511 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10513 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10514 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10520 ;;;***
10521 \f
10522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10523 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10524 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10526 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10527 Return a context object.
10529 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10533 ;;;***
10534 \f
10535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10536 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10538 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10539 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10540 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10541 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10543 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10544 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10545 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10546 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10547 version requirement is met.
10549 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10551 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10552 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10554 \(fn)" nil nil)
10556 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10558 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10559 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10561 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10563 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10564 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10566 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10568 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10570 ;;;***
10571 \f
10572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10573 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10574 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10576 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10577 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10579 \(fn)" nil nil)
10581 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10582 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10583 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10585 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10587 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10588 (server (erc-compute-server))
10589 (port (erc-compute-port))
10590 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10591 password
10592 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10594 That is, if called with
10598 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10599 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10600 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10602 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10604 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10606 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10607 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10608 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10610 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10612 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10613 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10614 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10615 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10617 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10621 ;;;***
10622 \f
10623 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-autoaway"
10624 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0 0))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto")))
10629 ;;;***
10630 \f
10631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10636 ;;;***
10637 \f
10638 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el"
10639 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-")))
10644 ;;;***
10645 \f
10646 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el"
10647 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-")))
10652 ;;;***
10653 \f
10654 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el"
10655 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el"
10663 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/")))
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-desktop-notifications"
10671 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
10672 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("erc-notifications-")))
10676 ;;;***
10677 \f
10678 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ezbounce"
10679 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0 0))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10684 ;;;***
10685 \f
10686 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el"
10687 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10688 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10692 ;;;***
10693 \f
10694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-")))
10699 ;;;***
10700 \f
10701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10702 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10706 ;;;***
10707 \f
10708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el"
10709 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-")))
10714 ;;;***
10715 \f
10716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
10717 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10722 ;;;***
10723 \f
10724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el"
10725 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-")))
10730 ;;;***
10731 \f
10732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10737 ;;;***
10738 \f
10739 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
10740 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-")))
10745 ;;;***
10746 \f
10747 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el"
10748 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10749 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-")))
10753 ;;;***
10754 \f
10755 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
10756 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10757 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-")))
10761 ;;;***
10762 \f
10763 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el"
10764 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-")))
10769 ;;;***
10770 \f
10771 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-netsplit"
10772 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0 0))
10773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-")))
10777 ;;;***
10778 \f
10779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10780 ;;;;;; 0))
10781 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10783 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10785 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10786 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10788 \(fn)" nil nil)
10790 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10791 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10793 \(fn)" t nil)
10795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-")))
10797 ;;;***
10798 \f
10799 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el"
10800 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10801 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-")))
10805 ;;;***
10806 \f
10807 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el"
10808 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10809 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-")))
10813 ;;;***
10814 \f
10815 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-pcomplete"
10816 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
10817 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10821 ;;;***
10822 \f
10823 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-replace"
10824 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10825 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("erc-replace-")))
10829 ;;;***
10830 \f
10831 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el"
10832 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10833 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10835 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-")))
10837 ;;;***
10838 \f
10839 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-services"
10840 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0 0))
10841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-")))
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el"
10848 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-")))
10853 ;;;***
10854 \f
10855 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-speedbar"
10856 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10861 ;;;***
10862 \f
10863 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-spelling"
10864 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0 0))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-")))
10869 ;;;***
10870 \f
10871 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el"
10872 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-")))
10877 ;;;***
10878 \f
10879 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
10880 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10883 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-")))
10885 ;;;***
10886 \f
10887 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-truncate"
10888 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0 0))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("erc-max-buffer-size")))
10893 ;;;***
10894 \f
10895 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
10896 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-")))
10901 ;;;***
10902 \f
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10906 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10907 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10909 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10910 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10912 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10913 useful for assertions in BODY.
10915 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10917 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10918 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10919 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10923 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10925 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10927 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10929 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10931 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10932 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10934 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10935 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10939 Returns the stats object.
10941 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10943 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10944 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10946 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10947 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10948 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10949 the tests).
10951 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10953 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10954 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10956 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10957 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10958 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10959 and how to display message.
10961 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10963 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10965 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10966 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10968 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10972 ;;;***
10973 \f
10974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10977 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10979 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10980 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10982 \(fn)" t nil)
10984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10986 ;;;***
10987 \f
10988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10993 ;;;***
10994 \f
10995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
11000 ;;;***
11001 \f
11002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
11005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
11007 ;;;***
11008 \f
11009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11014 ;;;***
11015 \f
11016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11019 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11020 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11022 \(fn)" t nil)
11024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11026 ;;;***
11027 \f
11028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11029 ;;;;;; 0))
11030 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11034 ;;;***
11035 \f
11036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11037 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11041 ;;;***
11042 \f
11043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11048 ;;;***
11049 \f
11050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11051 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11055 ;;;***
11056 \f
11057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11058 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11062 ;;;***
11063 \f
11064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11066 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11068 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11069 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11070 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11071 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11072 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11073 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11074 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11075 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11076 buffer selected (or created).
11078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11080 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11081 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11082 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11084 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11086 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11087 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11088 The result might be any Lisp object.
11089 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11090 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11091 corresponding to a successful execution.
11093 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11095 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11099 ;;;***
11100 \f
11101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11104 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11105 File name of tags table.
11106 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11107 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11108 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11109 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11110 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11111 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11113 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11114 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11115 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11116 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11118 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11120 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11121 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11123 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11124 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11125 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11127 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11129 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11130 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11131 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11133 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11135 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11136 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11137 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11138 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11139 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11141 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11143 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11148 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11150 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11152 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11153 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11154 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11156 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11158 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11159 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11161 \(fn)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11164 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11165 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11166 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11169 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11170 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11172 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11173 file the tag was in.
11175 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11177 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11178 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11179 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11180 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11181 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11182 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11183 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11184 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11185 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11186 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11187 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11188 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11190 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11192 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11193 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11194 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11195 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11196 without directory names.
11198 \(fn)" nil nil)
11200 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11203 \(fn)" nil nil)
11204 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11205 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11206 (progn
11207 (load "etags")
11208 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11210 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11211 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11212 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11213 but does not select the buffer.
11214 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11216 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11217 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11218 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11219 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11222 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11224 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11226 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11228 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11230 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11232 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11233 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11234 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11235 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11237 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11238 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11239 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11240 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11243 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11245 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11247 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11249 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11251 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11253 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11255 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11256 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11257 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11258 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11259 around or before point.
11261 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11262 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11263 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11264 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11267 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11269 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11271 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11273 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11275 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11277 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11279 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11280 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11281 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11282 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11283 around or before point.
11285 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11286 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11287 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11288 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11291 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11293 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11295 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11297 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11299 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11301 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11303 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11304 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11305 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11307 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11308 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11309 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11310 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11313 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11315 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11317 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11319 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11321 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11323 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11325 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11327 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11328 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11330 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11331 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11332 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11334 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11335 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11337 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11338 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11340 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11344 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11345 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11347 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11348 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11349 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11350 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11351 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11353 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11355 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11356 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11357 Stops when a match is found.
11360 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11361 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11362 restricted to these files.
11364 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11366 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11368 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11369 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11370 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11373 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11375 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11376 produce the list of files to search.
11378 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11380 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11382 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11383 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11384 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11385 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11386 directory specification.
11388 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11390 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11391 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11393 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11395 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11397 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11398 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11399 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11400 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11402 \(fn)" t nil)
11404 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11405 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11406 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11407 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11410 \(fn)" t nil)
11412 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11415 \(fn)" nil nil)
11417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11419 ;;;***
11420 \f
11421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11422 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11423 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11425 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11428 \(fn)" nil nil)
11430 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11431 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11433 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11434 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11436 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11437 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11438 primary language.
11440 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11441 even if the buffer is read-only.
11443 See also the descriptions of the variables
11444 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11446 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11448 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11449 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11451 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11452 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11454 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11455 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11456 primary language.
11458 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11459 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11461 See also the descriptions of the variables
11462 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11464 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11466 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11468 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11471 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11473 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11474 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11475 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11476 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11478 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11479 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11480 primary language.
11482 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11483 buffer is read-only.
11485 See also the descriptions of the variables
11486 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11487 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11489 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11491 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11492 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11494 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11495 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11497 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11498 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11499 the primary language.
11501 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11502 buffer is read-only.
11504 See also the descriptions of the variables
11505 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11506 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11508 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11510 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11514 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11516 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11517 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11519 \(fn)" t nil)
11521 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11522 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11524 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11525 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11526 be 1, 2, or 3.
11528 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11529 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11530 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11532 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11534 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11536 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11537 This function is deprecated.
11539 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11541 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11542 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11544 \(fn)" t nil)
11546 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11547 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11549 \(fn)" t nil)
11551 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11552 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11555 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11557 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11558 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11560 \(fn)" nil nil)
11562 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11563 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11565 \(fn)" nil nil)
11567 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11568 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11570 \(fn)" nil nil)
11572 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11573 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11575 \(fn)" nil nil)
11577 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11578 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11579 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11581 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11583 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11586 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11590 ;;;***
11591 \f
11592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11595 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11596 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11597 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11598 server for future sessions.
11600 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11602 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11603 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11604 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11606 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11608 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11609 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11610 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11612 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11614 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11615 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11616 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11617 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11618 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11619 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11620 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11621 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11622 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11623 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11624 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11625 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11627 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11629 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11630 Display a form to query the directory server.
11631 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11632 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11634 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11636 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11637 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11638 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11640 \(fn)" t nil)
11642 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11646 ;;;***
11647 \f
11648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11649 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11652 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11657 Display URL and make it clickable.
11662 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11667 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11672 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11677 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11683 ;;;***
11684 \f
11685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11686 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11689 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11690 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11695 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11701 ;;;***
11702 \f
11703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11704 ;;;;;; 0))
11705 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11708 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11714 ;;;***
11715 \f
11716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11721 ;;;***
11722 \f
11723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11724 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11728 ;;;***
11729 \f
11730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11735 ;;;***
11736 \f
11737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11742 ;;;***
11743 \f
11744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11748 Create an empty ewoc.
11750 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11752 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11753 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11754 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11755 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11756 `insert-before-markers'.
11758 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11759 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11760 respectively, of the ewoc.
11762 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11763 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11764 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11770 ;;;***
11771 \f
11772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11776 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11777 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11778 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11784 Fetch URL and render the page.
11785 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11786 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11792 Render FILE using EWW.
11797 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11798 If region is active (and not whitespace), search the web for
11799 the text between BEG and END. Else, prompt the user for a search
11800 string. See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search
11801 engine used.
11806 Mode for browsing the web.
11816 Display the bookmarks.
11822 ;;;***
11823 \f
11824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11825 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11829 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11835 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11837 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11838 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11843 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11844 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix-env',
11845 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11846 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11847 executable.
11852 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11853 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11854 file modes.
11858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11860 ;;;***
11861 \f
11862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11866 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11867 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11868 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11870 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11872 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11873 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11874 to generate such functions.
11876 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11877 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11878 beginning of the expanded text.
11880 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11881 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11882 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11883 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11885 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11890 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11891 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11896 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11897 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11902 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11903 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11911 ;;;***
11912 \f
11913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11924 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11925 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11933 Key definitions:
11936 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11938 `f90-do-indent'
11939 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11940 `f90-if-indent'
11941 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11942 `f90-type-indent'
11943 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11944 `f90-program-indent'
11945 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11946 (default 2).
11947 `f90-associate-indent'
11948 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11949 `f90-critical-indent'
11950 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11951 `f90-continuation-indent'
11952 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11953 `f90-comment-region'
11956 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11957 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11959 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11962 `f90-break-delimiters'
11963 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11965 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11966 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11967 (default t).
11968 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11969 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11970 `f90-smart-end'
11971 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11972 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11973 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11974 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11975 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11976 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11977 `f90-leave-line-no'
11978 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11980 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11981 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11987 ;;;***
11988 \f
11989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11990 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11993 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11994 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11995 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11997 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11998 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11999 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
12000 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
12001 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
12003 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
12004 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
12005 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
12006 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
12007 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
12008 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
12009 attributes.
12011 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12012 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12017 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12018 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12019 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12024 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12025 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12026 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12028 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12029 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12030 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12032 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12033 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12034 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12035 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12040 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12041 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12043 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12044 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12045 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12046 the same amount).
12051 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12052 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12054 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12055 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12056 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12057 will remove any scaling currently active.
12062 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12063 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12072 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12074 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12076 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12077 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12079 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12080 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12081 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12083 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12084 the face height as long as the input event read
12085 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12087 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12088 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12089 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12090 will remove any scaling currently active.
12092 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12093 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12094 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12095 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12096 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12101 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12103 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12104 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12105 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12110 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12111 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12112 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12113 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12114 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12115 `buffer-face-mode'.
12117 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12118 local, and sets it to FACE.
12123 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12124 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12125 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12126 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12127 `face' text property.
12129 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12130 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12131 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12132 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12134 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12135 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12140 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12141 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12142 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "faceup" "emacs-lisp/faceup.el" (0 0 0 0))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/faceup.el
12155 Display the faceup representation of the current buffer.
12160 Save the faceup representation of the current buffer to the file FILE-NAME.
12162 Unless a name is given, the file will be named xxx.faceup, where
12163 xxx is the file name associated with the buffer.
12165 If optional second arg CONFIRM is non-nil, this function
12166 asks for confirmation before overwriting an existing file.
12167 Interactively, confirmation is required unless you supply a prefix argument.
12172 Convert BUFFER containing Faceup markup to a new buffer and display it.
12177 Remove faceup markup from buffer.
12182 Define an Ert explainer function for FUNCTION.
12184 FUNCTION must return an explanation when the test fails and
12185 `faceup-test-explain' is set.
12189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "faceup" '("faceup-")))
12191 ;;;***
12192 \f
12193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12198 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12199 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12200 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12205 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12210 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12211 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12212 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12217 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12218 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12219 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12220 backup file names and the like).
12225 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12226 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12227 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12228 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12229 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12230 internally by feedmail):
12232 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12233 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12234 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12235 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12237 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12238 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12239 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12240 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12241 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12247 ;;;***
12248 \f
12249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12253 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12254 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12255 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12257 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12258 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12263 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12264 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12265 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12266 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12267 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12268 `ffap-url-unwrap-local', `ffap-url-unwrap-remote', and the functions
12269 `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12276 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12277 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12278 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12279 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12280 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12285 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12286 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12287 Return value:
12288 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12289 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12290 * otherwise, nil
12295 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12296 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12301 Try to get a file name at point.
12302 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12307 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12313 ;;;***
12314 \f
12315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12316 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12319 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12320 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12321 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12326 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12327 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12328 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12329 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12330 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12335 Add FILE to the file cache.
12340 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12341 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12346 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12347 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12352 Add DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12353 This function does not use any external programs.
12354 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12355 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12356 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12361 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12362 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12363 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12364 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12365 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12366 \(directories) is done.
12370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12372 ;;;***
12373 \f
12374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12375 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12378 Handle file system monitoring event.
12379 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12381 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12383 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12389 ;;;***
12390 \f
12391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12395 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12397 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12398 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12399 Local Variables list.
12401 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12402 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12403 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12408 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12413 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12415 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12416 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12417 the -*- line.
12419 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12420 then this function adds it.
12425 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12430 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12435 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12440 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12445 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12450 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12458 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12459 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12460 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12461 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12463 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12464 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12465 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12466 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12467 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12472 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12473 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12474 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12475 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12477 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12478 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12479 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profiles'. Then
12480 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12481 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12482 in order.
12487 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12488 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12489 will not be changed.
12494 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12495 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("hack-connection-local-variables" "connection-local-" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12503 ;;;***
12504 \f
12505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12509 Filesets initialization.
12510 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12516 ;;;***
12517 \f
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12523 Initiate the building of a find command.
12524 For example:
12531 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12532 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12538 ;;;***
12539 \f
12540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12544 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12545 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12549 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12555 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12556 and run Dired on those files.
12557 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12558 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12562 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12567 Find files in DIR that contain matches for REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12568 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12573 where the first string in the value of the variable `find-ls-option'
12578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12580 ;;;***
12581 \f
12582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12585 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12586 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12587 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12588 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12589 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12590 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12596 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12597 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12599 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12606 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12607 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12609 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12610 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12612 Variables of interest include:
12614 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12615 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12616 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12618 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12619 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12620 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12622 - `ff-ignore-include'
12623 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12625 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12626 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12628 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12629 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12631 - `ff-special-constructs'
12632 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12633 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12634 extracting the filename from that construct.
12636 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12637 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12639 - `ff-search-directories'
12640 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12641 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12643 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12644 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12646 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12647 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12649 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12650 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12652 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12653 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12655 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12656 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12661 Visit the file you click on.
12666 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12672 ;;;***
12673 \f
12674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12675 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12679 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12681 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12686 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12688 See `find-library' for more details.
12693 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12695 See `find-library' for more details.
12700 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12701 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12702 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12704 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12705 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12706 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12707 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12712 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12714 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12715 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12716 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12717 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12719 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12720 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12721 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12723 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12724 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12725 in `load-path'.
12730 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12732 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12733 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12734 places point before the definition.
12735 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12737 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12738 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12739 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12744 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12746 See `find-function' for more details.
12751 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12753 See `find-function' for more details.
12758 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12760 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12761 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12762 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12764 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12765 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12770 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12772 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12773 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12774 places point before the definition.
12776 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12778 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12779 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12780 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12785 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12787 See `find-variable' for more details.
12792 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12794 See `find-variable' for more details.
12799 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12800 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12801 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12802 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12803 buffer nor display it.
12805 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12806 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12811 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12813 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12814 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12815 places point before the definition.
12817 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12819 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12820 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12821 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12826 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12827 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12832 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12833 See `find-function-on-key'.
12838 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12839 See `find-function-on-key'.
12844 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12849 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12854 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
12860 ;;;***
12861 \f
12862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12863 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12866 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12871 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12876 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12882 ;;;***
12883 \f
12884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12885 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12889 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12894 Display FILE's commentary section.
12895 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12900 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12912 Toggle flow control handling.
12914 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12919 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12921 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12923 to get the effect of a C-q.
12927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12929 ;;;***
12930 \f
12931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12946 ;;;***
12947 \f
12948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12953 Log, at level LEVEL, the message MSG formatted with ARGS.
12954 LEVEL is passed to `display-warning', which is used to display
12955 the warning. If this form is included in a byte-compiled file,
12956 the generated warning contains an indication of the file that
12957 generated it.
12962 Make a Flymake diagnostic for BUFFER's region from BEG to END.
12963 TYPE is a key to `flymake-diagnostic-types-alist' and TEXT is a
12964 description of the problem detected in this region.
12969 Get Flymake diagnostics in region determined by BEG and END.
12971 If neither BEG or END is supplied, use the whole buffer,
12972 otherwise if BEG is non-nil and END is nil, consider only
12973 diagnostics at BEG.
12978 Compute BUFFER's region (BEG . END) corresponding to LINE and COL.
12979 If COL is nil, return a region just for LINE. Return nil if the
12980 region is invalid.
12985 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12986 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12987 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12988 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12990 Flymake is an Emacs minor mode for on-the-fly syntax checking.
12991 Flymake collects diagnostic information from multiple sources,
12992 called backends, and visually annotates the buffer with the
12993 results.
12995 Flymake performs these checks while the user is editing. The
12996 customization variables `flymake-start-on-flymake-mode',
12997 `flymake-no-changes-timeout' and
12998 `flymake-start-syntax-check-on-newline' determine the exact
12999 circumstances whereupon Flymake decides to initiate a check of
13000 the buffer.
13002 The commands `flymake-goto-next-error' and
13003 `flymake-goto-prev-error' can be used to navigate among Flymake
13004 diagnostics annotated in the buffer.
13006 The visual appearance of each type of diagnostic can be changed
13007 in the variable `flymake-diagnostic-types-alist'.
13009 Activation or deactivation of backends used by Flymake in each
13010 buffer happens via the special hook
13011 `flymake-diagnostic-functions'.
13013 Some backends may take longer than others to respond or complete,
13014 and some may decide to disable themselves if they are not
13015 suitable for the current buffer. The commands
13016 `flymake-running-backends', `flymake-disabled-backends' and
13017 `flymake-reporting-backends' summarize the situation, as does the
13018 special *Flymake log* buffer.
13023 Turn Flymake mode on.
13028 Turn Flymake mode off.
13032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
13034 ;;;***
13035 \f
13036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-proc" "progmodes/flymake-proc.el"
13037 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
13038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-proc.el
13041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-proc" '("flymake-proc-")))
13043 ;;;***
13044 \f
13045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13049 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13055 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
13057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13060 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13061 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13062 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13064 Bindings:
13070 Hooks:
13071 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13073 Remark:
13074 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13075 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13076 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13078 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13079 consider adding:
13081 in your init file.
13089 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13094 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13099 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13104 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13109 Flyspell whole buffer.
13113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13115 ;;;***
13116 \f
13117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13118 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13123 ;;;***
13124 \f
13125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13126 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13129 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13134 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13139 Toggle Follow mode.
13140 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13141 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13142 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13144 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13145 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13147 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13148 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13149 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13151 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13152 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13153 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13154 movement commands.
13156 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13157 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13158 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13159 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13160 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13161 mileage may vary).
13163 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13166 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13168 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13170 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13176 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13177 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13179 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13180 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13182 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13183 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13185 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13190 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13191 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13193 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13194 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13196 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13197 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13199 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13204 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13206 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13207 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13209 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13210 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13212 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13217 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13219 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13220 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13222 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13223 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13225 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13230 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13232 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13233 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13234 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13235 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13236 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13237 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13239 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13240 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13241 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13247 ;;;***
13248 \f
13249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13250 ;;;;;; 0))
13251 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13255 ;;;***
13256 \f
13257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13262 Toggle Footnote mode.
13263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13264 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13265 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13267 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13268 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13269 play around with the following keys:
13274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-")))
13276 ;;;***
13277 \f
13278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13279 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13283 ;;;***
13284 \f
13285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13289 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13291 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13292 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13293 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13294 C-c < forms-first-record <
13295 C-c > forms-last-record >
13296 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13297 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13298 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13299 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13300 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13301 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13302 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13303 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13304 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13305 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13310 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13315 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13321 ;;;***
13322 \f
13323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13327 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13328 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13331 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13335 Key definitions:
13338 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13340 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13342 `fortran-do-indent'
13343 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13344 `fortran-if-indent'
13345 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13346 `fortran-structure-indent'
13347 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13348 (default 3)
13349 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13350 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13351 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13352 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13353 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13354 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13355 nil don't change the indentation
13356 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13357 value of either
13358 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13359 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13360 depending on the continuation format in use.
13361 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13362 indentation for a line of code.
13363 (default `fixed')
13364 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13365 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13367 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13368 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13369 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13370 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13371 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13372 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13373 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13374 column 5.
13375 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13377 statements (default nil).
13378 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13380 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13381 `fortran-continuation-string'
13382 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13384 `fortran-comment-region'
13387 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13388 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13389 as typed (default t).
13390 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13391 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13393 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13394 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13400 ;;;***
13401 \f
13402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13403 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13406 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13408 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13409 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13414 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13416 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13417 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13422 Compile fortune file.
13424 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13425 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13430 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13432 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13433 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13434 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13435 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13440 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13441 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13442 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13447 Display a fortune cookie.
13448 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13449 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13450 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13451 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13457 ;;;***
13458 \f
13459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13460 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13462 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13463 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13466 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (client . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-font-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (frameset--text-pixel-height . :save) (frameset--text-pixel-width . :save) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13467 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13471 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13473 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13474 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13476 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13477 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13478 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13479 intend to modify existing values, do
13481 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13483 before changing anything.
13485 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13486 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13488 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13489 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13490 to restore the frame.
13492 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13493 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13494 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13496 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13497 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13498 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13499 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13500 FILTER A filter function.
13502 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13503 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13505 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13507 where
13509 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13510 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13511 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13512 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13513 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13514 before restoring it.
13515 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13517 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13518 It must return:
13519 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13520 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13521 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13523 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13527 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13528 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13529 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13530 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13531 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13532 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13537 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13542 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13543 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13544 If nil, check all live frames.
13549 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13550 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13551 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13552 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13553 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13554 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13555 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13556 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13557 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13558 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13563 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13565 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13566 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13567 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13568 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13569 and window-state is not restored.
13571 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13572 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13574 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13575 t All existing frames can be reused.
13576 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13577 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13578 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13579 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13581 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13582 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13583 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13584 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13585 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13586 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13587 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13588 be created from that parameter alist.
13590 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13591 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13592 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13593 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13594 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13595 - the live frame just restored,
13596 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13597 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13598 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13601 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13602 nil Keep all frames.
13603 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13604 - FRAME, a live frame.
13605 - ACTION, which can be one of
13606 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13607 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13608 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13609 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13610 Return value is ignored.
13612 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13613 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13614 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13615 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13616 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13618 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13620 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13623 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13624 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13629 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13630 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13635 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13637 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13639 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13645 ;;;***
13646 \f
13647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13648 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13652 ;;;***
13653 \f
13654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13660 ;;;***
13661 \f
13662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13667 ;;;***
13668 \f
13669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13673 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13674 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13680 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13681 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13682 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13683 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13684 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13685 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13690 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13692 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13693 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13694 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13695 for your debugger.
13696 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13697 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13698 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13699 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13704 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13705 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13706 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13707 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13709 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13710 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13711 shown in some of the buffers.
13713 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13715 The following commands help control operation :
13717 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13718 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13720 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13721 detailed description of this mode.
13724 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13725 | GDB Toolbar |
13726 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13727 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13728 | | |
13729 | | |
13730 | | |
13731 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13732 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13733 | | (comint-mode) |
13734 | | |
13735 | | |
13736 | | |
13737 | | |
13738 | | |
13739 | | |
13740 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13741 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13742 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13743 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13744 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13745 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13751 ;;;***
13752 \f
13753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13754 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13759 ;;;***
13760 \f
13761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13765 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13766 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13770 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13772 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13773 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13774 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13775 documentation string instead.
13777 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13778 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13782 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13783 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13784 enders are actually possible.
13786 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13787 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13789 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13790 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13791 `font-lock-keywords'.
13793 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13794 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13795 runs the macro expansion.
13797 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13798 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13799 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13801 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13803 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13810 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13815 Enter generic mode MODE.
13817 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13819 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13821 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13822 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13827 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13828 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13829 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13830 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13831 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13832 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13833 `font-lock-keywords'.
13839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13841 ;;;***
13842 \f
13843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13844 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13848 ;;;***
13849 \f
13850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13854 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13856 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13857 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13858 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13864 ;;;***
13865 \f
13866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13870 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13871 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13876 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13878 Guideline for numbers:
13879 1 - error messages
13880 3 - non-serious error messages
13881 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13882 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13883 9 - messages inside loops.
13888 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13889 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13894 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13899 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13901 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13902 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13904 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13905 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13906 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13908 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13909 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13914 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13920 ;;;***
13921 \f
13922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13929 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13934 Read network news.
13935 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13936 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13937 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13938 name of an NNTP server to use.
13939 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13940 server.
13945 Read news as a slave.
13950 Pop up a frame to read news.
13951 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13952 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13953 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13954 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13955 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13957 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13958 current display is used.
13963 Read network news.
13964 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13965 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13966 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13972 ;;;***
13973 \f
13974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13978 Start Gnus unplugged.
13983 Start Gnus plugged.
13988 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13993 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13995 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13996 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13997 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13999 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
14000 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
14001 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
14006 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
14011 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14012 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14013 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14014 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14015 supported.
14020 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14021 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14022 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14023 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14024 supported.
14029 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14034 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14035 downloaded into the agent.
14040 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14041 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14042 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14047 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14052 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14057 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14058 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14064 ;;;***
14065 \f
14066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14070 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
14076 ;;;***
14077 \f
14078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14083 ;;;***
14084 \f
14085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14090 ;;;***
14091 \f
14092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14093 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14097 Set a bookmark for this article.
14102 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14107 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14108 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14109 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14110 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14116 ;;;***
14117 \f
14118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14122 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14124 Usage:
14125 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14130 Generate the cache active file.
14135 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14140 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14141 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14142 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14143 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14144 supported.
14149 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14150 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14151 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14152 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14153 supported.
14157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14159 ;;;***
14160 \f
14161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
14166 ;;;***
14167 \f
14168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14173 ;;;***
14174 \f
14175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
14180 ;;;***
14181 \f
14182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14186 Delay this article by some time.
14187 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14189 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14190 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14192 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14193 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14195 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14196 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14201 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14206 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14207 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14208 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14210 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14211 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14217 ;;;***
14218 \f
14219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14224 ;;;***
14225 \f
14226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14241 ;;;***
14242 \f
14243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14247 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14253 ;;;***
14254 \f
14255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14259 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14265 ;;;***
14266 \f
14267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14272 ;;;***
14273 \f
14274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14279 ;;;***
14280 \f
14281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14285 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14292 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14294 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14299 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14304 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14306 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14307 different input formats.
14312 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14314 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14315 different input formats.
14320 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14321 The PNG is returned as a string.
14326 Convert FILE to a Face.
14327 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14328 726 bytes.
14333 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14335 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14340 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14346 ;;;***
14347 \f
14348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14349 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14353 Display gravatar in the From header.
14354 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14359 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14360 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14366 ;;;***
14367 \f
14368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14372 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14373 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14374 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14379 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14385 ;;;***
14386 \f
14387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14405 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14408 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14417 ;;;***
14418 \f
14419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14425 Run batched scoring.
14426 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14432 ;;;***
14433 \f
14434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14439 ;;;***
14440 \f
14441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14446 ;;;***
14447 \f
14448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14457 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14458 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14463 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14471 ;;;***
14472 \f
14473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14477 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14478 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14479 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14480 group parameters.
14482 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14483 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14484 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14485 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14487 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14488 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14489 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14490 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14491 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14492 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14493 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14494 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14495 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14496 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14501 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14502 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
14504 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14505 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14510 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14511 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14513 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14518 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14519 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14521 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14523 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14524 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14525 existing groups are considered.
14527 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14528 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14529 returned.
14531 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14532 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14533 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14534 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14535 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14536 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14537 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14538 clauses will be generated.
14540 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14541 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14542 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14543 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14544 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14545 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14547 For example, given the following group parameters:
14549 nnml:mail.bar:
14552 nnml:mail.foo:
14557 nnml:mail.others:
14558 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14572 ;;;***
14573 \f
14574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14578 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14579 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14580 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14581 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14582 instead.
14584 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14587 Mail to ADDRESS.
14592 Like `message-reply'.
14596 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14600 ;;;***
14601 \f
14602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14603 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14607 Send a notification on new message.
14608 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14609 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14610 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14612 This is typically a function to add in
14613 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14619 ;;;***
14620 \f
14621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14625 Display picons in the From header.
14626 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14631 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14632 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14637 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14638 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14644 ;;;***
14645 \f
14646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14650 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14651 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14652 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14657 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14658 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14659 LIST1 is modified.
14664 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14665 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14675 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14676 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14681 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14682 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14689 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14690 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14695 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14696 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14701 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14702 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14707 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14713 ;;;***
14714 \f
14715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14716 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14720 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14725 Install the registry hooks.
14729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14731 ;;;***
14732 \f
14733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14734 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14739 ;;;***
14740 \f
14741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14746 ;;;***
14747 \f
14748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14753 ;;;***
14754 \f
14755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14759 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14760 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14761 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14762 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14763 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14768 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14769 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14770 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14771 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14782 ;;;***
14783 \f
14784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14788 Update the format specification near point.
14792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14794 ;;;***
14795 \f
14796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14801 ;;;***
14802 \f
14803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14807 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14813 ;;;***
14814 \f
14815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14819 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14820 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14826 ;;;***
14827 \f
14828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14833 ;;;***
14834 \f
14835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14840 ;;;***
14841 \f
14842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14847 ;;;***
14848 \f
14849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14854 ;;;***
14855 \f
14856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14861 ;;;***
14862 \f
14863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14867 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14873 ;;;***
14874 \f
14875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14879 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14880 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14881 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14882 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14883 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14891 ;;;***
14892 \f
14893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14894 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14897 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14899 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14900 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14901 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14903 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14904 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14905 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14907 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14910 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14911 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14919 ;;;***
14920 \f
14921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14922 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14927 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14928 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14929 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14930 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14935 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14936 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14937 or to send e-mail.
14938 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14939 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14941 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14942 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14948 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14950 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14951 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14956 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14962 ;;;***
14963 \f
14964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14965 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14968 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14969 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14974 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14980 ;;;***
14981 \f
14982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14992 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14993 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14994 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14996 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14997 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15004 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15005 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use